[gnome-user-docs] Updated Danish translation by scootergrisen
- From: Ask Hjorth Larsen <askhl src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gnome-user-docs] Updated Danish translation by scootergrisen
- Date: Sun, 2 Oct 2016 00:56:18 +0000 (UTC)
commit 1279952bb4faa9308f2dd6e8917b559c22ac9d88
Author: Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen gmail com>
Date: Sun Oct 2 02:55:50 2016 +0200
Updated Danish translation by scootergrisen
gnome-help/Makefile.am | 2 +-
gnome-help/da/da.po |21651 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
2 files changed, 21652 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/Makefile.am b/gnome-help/Makefile.am
index 295caf3..08cdfdb 100644
--- a/gnome-help/Makefile.am
+++ b/gnome-help/Makefile.am
@@ -388,4 +388,4 @@ HELP_FILES = \
wacom-stylus.page \
wacom.page
-HELP_LINGUAS = as ca cs de el fi fr es gl gu he hi hu id it ja kn lv mr nl pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr@latin sv te
vi ta zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = as ca cs da de el fi fr es gl gu he hi hu id it ja kn lv mr nl pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr@latin sv
te vi ta zh_CN
diff --git a/gnome-help/da/da.po b/gnome-help/da/da.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73fb853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnome-help/da/da.po
@@ -0,0 +1,21651 @@
+# Danish translation for gnome-user-docs.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+#
+# scootergrisen, 2015, 2016.
+# Gennemgået Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen gmail com>, 2016.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-19 18:52+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-02 02:46+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"
+"Language-Team: Danish <dansk dansk-gruppen dk>\n"
+"Language: da\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
+"X-Project-Style: gnome\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Dette værk er licenseret under <_:link-1/>."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"scootergrisen, 2015\n"
+"\n"
+"Dansk-gruppen <dansk dansk-gruppen dk>\n"
+"Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk";
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:18 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:17
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:18 C/a11y-font-size.page:17 C/a11y-mag.page:17
+#: C/a11y.page:13 C/a11y-right-click.page:18 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18 C/a11y-visualalert.page:18
+#: C/accounts-add.page:27 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:16 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9
+#: C/display-brightness.page:24 C/files-browse.page:19 C/files-delete.page:19
+#: C/files-lost.page:18 C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:15
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17 C/files-search.page:17
+#: C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:16
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:9 C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 C/keyboard-nav.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:26
+#: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:18
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:17 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:15 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:19 C/nautilus-connect.page:15
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:12 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12 C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:15
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18 C/net.page:11
+#: C/prefs-display.page:9 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10
+#: C/printing-setup.page:27 C/privacy-purge.page:23
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:17 C/screen-shot-record.page:18
+#: C/session-formats.page:15 C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:17
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:16 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 C/shell-windows-states.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 C/sound-alert.page:15 C/sound-usemic.page:15
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:16 C/sound-volume.page:18
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:14 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:19
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:20 C/user-delete.page:25
+msgid "Shaun McCance"
+msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:22 C/a11y-icon.page:16
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:23 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:22
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:23
+#: C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13 C/files-tilde.page:14
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:14
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15 C/nautilus-list.page:16
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:14 C/net-default-email.page:14
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:15 C/net-install-flash.page:13 C/net-manual.page:15
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15 C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:19
+#: C/net-slow.page:13 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20 C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:19 C/power-batterylife.page:24
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:22
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:18 C/printing-2sided.page:13
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 C/printing-differentsize.page:13
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13 C/printing-order.page:13
+#: C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:15 C/printing.page:12
+#: C/sound-volume.page:13 C/user-goodpassword.page:17
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr "Phil Bull"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:26 C/a11y-contrast.page:21 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:21 C/a11y-mag.page:21 C/a11y.page:17
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:27 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:24 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22 C/accounts-add.page:18
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:19 C/accounts-whyadd.page:18
+#: C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:21 C/backup-what.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:31 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:18 C/clock-timezone.page:19
+#: C/clock-world.page:14 C/color-assignprofiles.page:19
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19 C/contacts-add-remove.page:18 C/contacts.page:13
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:15 C/contacts-edit-details.page:19
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19 C/contacts-search.page:18
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:15 C/disk-benchmark.page:22 C/disk-capacity.page:16
+#: C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:21 C/display-brightness.page:32
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/files-autorun.page:22
+#: C/files-browse.page:27 C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:12 C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:17 C/files-rename.page:25 C/files-search.page:21
+#: C/files-share.page:20 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17
+#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:20 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25 C/keyboard-nav.page:14 C/keyboard-osk.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:17
+#: C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:34 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
+#: C/look-resolution.page:23 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22 C/mouse-middleclick.page:21
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:23 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:27
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:20
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:16 C/nautilus-views.page:21
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:18 C/net-default-email.page:18
+#: C/net-email.page:19 C/net-findip.page:23 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:19 C/net-mobile.page:17
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:17 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18 C/net-wireless-connect.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 C/net-wireless.page:24
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:13 C/power-autosuspend.page:14
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27 C/power-batterylife.page:32
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 C/power-nowireless.page:25 C/power-status.page:14
+#: C/power-whydim.page:20 C/power-wireless.page:13 C/power.page:17
+#: C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:31
+#: C/privacy.page:23 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:19
+#: C/privacy-location.page:11 C/privacy-purge.page:19
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:21 C/screen-shot-record.page:23
+#: C/session-formats.page:19 C/session-language.page:26
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:19 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18 C/sharing-displayname.page:13
+#: C/sharing-media.page:16 C/sharing-personal.page:16
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18 C/shell-apps-open.page:18
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:20 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:12 C/shell-notifications.page:20
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
+#: C/sound-alert.page:19 C/sound-usemic.page:19 C/sound-usespeakers.page:20
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:18 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 C/wacom-left-handed.page:15 C/wacom-mode.page:15
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15 C/wacom-stylus.page:15 C/wacom.page:21
+msgid "Michael Hill"
+msgstr "Michael Hill"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30 C/a11y-contrast.page:25 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25 C/a11y-mag.page:25 C/a11y.page:21
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:31 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26 C/accounts-add.page:22 C/accounts-remove.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:25
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:23
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:25
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24 C/color-howtoimport.page:23
+#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:18
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22 C/contacts-connect.page:20
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:23 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23
+#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:28
+#: C/display-brightness.page:36 C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33 C/keyboard-nav.page:27 C/keyboard-osk.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:33 C/look-background.page:42
+#: C/look-resolution.page:31 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:26
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:23 C/mouse.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:24
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:22
+#: C/net-default-email.page:22 C/net-findip.page:27
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19 C/net-macaddress.page:26
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23 C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:22 C/net.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:23
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:28 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22
+#: C/power-closelid.page:19 C/power-lowpower.page:17 C/power-nowireless.page:21
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:24
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:13
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24 C/session-screenlocks.page:23
+#: C/sharing.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:14 C/shell-exit.page:29
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:24 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:26
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:24 C/shell-overview.page:18 C/sound-alert.page:23
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:23 C/sound-usespeakers.page:24
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:22 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19 C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+#: C/user-autologin.page:15 C/user-changepassword.page:25
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:24 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:34
+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+msgstr "Ignorér hurtige gentagne tastetryk på den samme tast."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37
+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+msgstr "Aktivér rystetaster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+"bounce keys."
+msgstr "Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtige tastetryk efter hinanden. Hvis du f.eks. har
rystelser i hånden, der får dig til at trykke gentagne gange når du kun ville trykke én gang, bør du aktivere
rystetaster."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 C/a11y-contrast.page:43 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:39 C/a11y-icon.page:40 C/a11y-mag.page:41
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:37
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:52 C/a11y-visualalert.page:47
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:47 C/keyboard-osk.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:45
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:50 C/a11y-contrast.page:47 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:55
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:43 C/a11y-icon.page:44 C/a11y-mag.page:45
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:50 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:53 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:56
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:51 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:51
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:53 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:54
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55
+msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:57
+msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "Slå <gui>Rystetaster</gui> <gui>TIL</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgstr "Slå hurtigt rystetaster til og fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan slå rystetaster til og fra ved at klikke på ikonet <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighed</link> på toplinjen og vælge "
+"<gui>Rystetaster</gui>. Ikonet tilgængelighed er synligt når en eller flere "
+"indstillinger er blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+# gnome-control-center.gnome-3-22.da.po:5815
+#
+# #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:47
+# msgid "A_cceptance delay:"
+# msgstr "Ventetid for _accept:"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
+"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
+"happened too soon after the previous key press."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> for at ændre hvor længe "
+"rystetaster skal vente før et nyt tastetryk registreres, efter du første "
+"gang trykker på tasten. Vælg <gui>Bip når en tast afvises</gui> hvis du vil "
+"have computeren til at lave en lyd, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk "
+"fordi det sker for tidligt efter det forrige tastetryk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
+msgid "Jana Heves"
+msgstr "Jana Heves"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
+msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
+msgid ""
+"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
+msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
+msgstr "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Installér Orca</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+"easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
+msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+msgstr "Justér kontrasten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
+"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:56
+msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "
+"holding the mouse still."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38
+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called <gui>Hover "
+"Click</gui> or Dwell Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:45
+msgid ""
+"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "
+"a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "
+"will be clicked for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58 C/a11y-right-click.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
+"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
+"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:72
+msgid ""
+"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "
+"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+"clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+"mouse pointer still before clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:79
+msgid ""
+"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "
+"The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "
+"while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
+msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+"size of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:56
+msgid ""
+"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:61
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "
+"<app>Tweak Tool</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:20
+msgid ""
+"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+"person."
+msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen er ikonet på toplinjen, der ligner en person"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+msgstr "Find tilgængelighedsmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:26
+msgid ""
+"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "
+"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:31
+msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the "
+"<gui>Universal Access</gui> settings panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:47
+msgid "Switch <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:52
+msgid ""
+"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
+"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
+"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
+"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
+"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:29
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:32
+msgid "Magnify a screen area"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a "
+"magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> in the top-right corner of the "
+"<gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+"allowing you to view your area of choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+"position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "
+"<gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:76
+msgid ""
+"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "
+"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:80
+msgid ""
+"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
+"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
+"conditions. Select the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> "
+"settings window to enable and change these options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen "
+"magnifier</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:34 C/keyboard.page:39
+msgid "Universal access"
+msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+"devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier "
+"access to many of the accessibility features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:42
+msgid "Visual impairments"
+msgstr "Synshæmninger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:45
+msgid "Blindness"
+msgstr "Blindhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:48
+msgid "Low vision"
+msgstr "Nedsat syn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:51
+msgid "Color-blindness"
+msgstr "Farveblindhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:54 C/a11y.page:76 C/keyboard.page:43
+msgid "Other topics"
+msgstr "Andre emner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:59
+msgid "Hearing impairments"
+msgstr "Hørehæmninger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:64
+msgid "Mobility impairments"
+msgstr "Bevægelseshæmninger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:67
+msgid "Mouse movement"
+msgstr "Musebevægelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:70
+msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+msgstr "Klikke og trække"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:73
+msgid "Keyboard use"
+msgstr "Tastaturanvendelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:17 C/contacts-setup.page:17
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24 C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:15
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:17 C/wacom-mode.page:17
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:17
+msgid "2012"
+msgstr "2012"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:35
+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr "Tryk og hold den venstre museknap nede for at højreklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38
+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+msgstr "Simulér et højreklik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+"your pointing device only has a single button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+"is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65
+msgid ""
+"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+"with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will "
+"change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not "
+"get visual feedback from the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:74
+msgid ""
+"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+"keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:79
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+"differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to "
+"right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
+msgid "Read screen aloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
+msgid ""
+"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+"installed. If not, install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:41
+msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch "
+"<gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:50
+msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> in the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Screen Reader</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38
+msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
+"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
+"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
+"the keyboard first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:60
+msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
+"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold "
+"<key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+"hold a key down for it to register."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+"the key down long enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+"all of the keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38
+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
+msgid ""
+"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
+"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
+"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+"several keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:63
+msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
+"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
+"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:84
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
+"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
+"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
+"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
+"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
+"close together), but not others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:94
+msgid ""
+"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
+"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
+"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+"played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34
+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
+"alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:41
+msgid ""
+"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link "
+"xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable "
+"visual alerts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54
+msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:57
+msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "
+"to flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:66
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16
+#: C/backup-how.page:16 C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
+#: C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:13 C/backup-why.page:13
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:14 C/clock-timezone.page:15
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9
+#: C/disk-format.page:9 C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:16
+#: C/files-autorun.page:18 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14
+#: C/files-rename.page:13 C/files-search.page:13 C/gnome-classic.page:12
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:14 C/hardware-driver.page:11
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:14 C/look-background.page:14
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 C/look-resolution.page:15
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9 C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9 C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:13
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15 C/net-wired-connect.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 C/net-wireless-connect.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15 C/power-batterylife.page:20
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18 C/power-closelid.page:15
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:13 C/power-nowireless.page:17
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16
+#: C/power-suspend.page:14 C/power-whydim.page:16 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:14 C/session-fingerprint.page:15
+#: C/session-language.page:14 C/session-screenlocks.page:15
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14
+#: C/shell-overview.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:14
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14 C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:13 C/user-accounts.page:14 C/user-add.page:15
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:15
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:18 C/user-changepassword.page:17
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:16 C/user-delete.page:21
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:14
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+msgid "About this guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+msgid ""
+"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
+"possible:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+"answer to your questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+msgid ""
+"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+"you start typing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
+"more helpful, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+"that you will never have to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+msgstr "-- GNOMEs dokumentationshold"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-add.page:14 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:27
+#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21
+#: C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:24 C/more-help.page:14
+#: C/net-findip.page:19 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15 C/net-macaddress.page:18
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:17 C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 C/printing-envelopes.page:17
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:20 C/printing-order.page:17
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15
+#: C/printing-setup.page:19 C/privacy.page:18
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15 C/privacy-purge.page:15
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25 C/session-fingerprint.page:29
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22
+msgid "Jim Campbell"
+msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:24 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27 C/nautilus-list.page:26
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+#: C/privacy-location.page:13 C/session-fingerprint.page:31
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:15
+msgid "2014"
+msgstr "2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:29 C/accounts-remove.page:25
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:32
+#: C/clock-world.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:27
+#: C/mouse.page:19 C/nautilus-list.page:31 C/net-wired-connect.page:19
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
+#: C/net.page:17 C/privacy-purge.page:25 C/screen-shot-record.page:29
+#: C/shell-overview.page:20 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
+msgid "2015"
+msgstr "2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, "
+"calendars, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+msgid "Add an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "
+"applications will be set up for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:44 C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Onlinekonti</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:48 C/accounts-disable-service.page:40
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:54
+msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:51
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:55
+msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:58
+msgid ""
+"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "
+"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "
+"enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create "
+"a new account from the login dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "
+"allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:69
+msgid ""
+"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
+"services to <gui>OFF</gui> to disable them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:75
+msgid ""
+"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the "
+"services you have chosen to allow. See <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-disable-service\"/> for information on controlling which "
+"services to allow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
+"that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> "
+"for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:22
+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services "
+"with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to "
+"calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for "
+"some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
+"account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that "
+"you use for chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+"account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:43
+msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+"<gui>Use for</gui>. See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see "
+"which applications access which services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:52
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+"more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:60
+msgid ""
+"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:12
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23
+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21
+msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+"it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+"developers on the <link "
+"href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";> "
+"bug tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:32
+msgid "Remove an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:34
+msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
+"that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other "
+"application or website can connect to that service using the authorization "
+"for GNOME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:43
+msgid ""
+"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your "
+"settings on the provider's website for authorized or connected apps or "
+"sites. Look for an app called \"GNOME\" and remove it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:57
+msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:60
+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:64
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by "
+"your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
+msgid "2012, 2013"
+msgstr "2012, 2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/look-background.page:30
+#: C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:21
+msgid "Andre Klapper"
+msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+"the services they exploit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:32
+msgid "Online services and applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account "
+"for any of the available services that you have not <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers "
+"provide different services. This page lists the different services and some "
+"of the applications that are known to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
+msgid "Calendar"
+msgstr "Kalender"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:48
+msgid ""
+"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online "
+"calendar. It is used by applications like <app>Calendar</app>, "
+"<app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:54
+msgid "Chat"
+msgstr "Chat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant "
+"messaging platforms. It is used by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:61 C/contacts.page:22
+msgid "Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+msgid ""
+"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your "
+"contacts on various services. It is used by applications like "
+"<app>Contacts</app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:68
+msgid "Documents"
+msgstr "Dokumenter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
+msgid ""
+"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those "
+"in Google docs. You can view your documents using the <app>Documents</app> "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:75
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
+msgid ""
+"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using "
+"the <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality "
+"in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as "
+"well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:84
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:85
+msgid ""
+"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email "
+"provider like Google. It is used by <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:96
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:97
+msgid ""
+"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you "
+"post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the <app>Photos</app> "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:103
+msgid "Printers"
+msgstr "Printere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:104
+msgid ""
+"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within "
+"the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print "
+"services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can "
+"download and print later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:111
+msgid "Read Later"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:112
+msgid ""
+"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so "
+"that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use "
+"this service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:27
+msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:30
+msgid "Why add an account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "
+"chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "
+"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "
+"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "
+"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "
+"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "
+"ready to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:40
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which "
+"applications can access which online services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-which-application\">Learn about services</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts.page:24
+msgid "Online accounts"
+msgstr "Onlinekonti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google "
+"and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use "
+"applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:39
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:30 C/files-autorun.page:30
+#: C/files-browse.page:31 C/files-delete.page:31 C/files-hidden.page:22
+#: C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:19 C/files-recover.page:18
+#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:25 C/files-templates.page:21
+#: C/files-tilde.page:22 C/nautilus-behavior.page:31
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20 C/nautilus-connect.page:23
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:20 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:29 C/nautilus-preview.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:29
+#: C/net-mobile.page:21 C/screen-shot-record.page:27
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
+msgid "David King"
+msgstr "David King"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-check.page:22
+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-check.page:25
+msgid "Check your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:27
+msgid ""
+"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+"since some files could be missing from the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
+"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
+"confidence that the process was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
+"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
+"copying and pasting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13 C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:17
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:15 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15
+#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
+#: C/files-browse.page:15 C/files-copy.page:18 C/get-involved.page:12
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:13
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:13
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:15 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:11
+#: C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21
+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+"they are safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
+msgid "Frequency of backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+msgid ""
+"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
+"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
+"you should back up at least once per week."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-how.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-how.page:30
+msgid "How to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:39
+msgid ""
+"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
+"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
+"them from there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+"other removable media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in "
+"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+msgid "Restore a backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+"you can restore them from the backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link "
+"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà "
+"Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore "
+"your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will "
+"provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+"may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31
+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39
+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+msgid ""
+"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+"Videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "
+"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:50
+msgid "Hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53
+msgid "View options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+"To view hidden files, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the "
+"toolbar, and then choose <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "
+"location like any other file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:60
+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and "
+"<file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69
+msgid "System-wide settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "
+"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "
+"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-what.page:26
+msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:30
+msgid "What to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Your priority should be to back up your <link "
+"xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that "
+"are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least "
+"important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:39
+msgid "Your personal files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:40
+msgid ""
+"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+"consider irreplaceable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:46
+msgid "Your personal settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:47
+msgid ""
+"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
+"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
+"while to recreate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:55
+msgid "System settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:63
+msgid "Installed software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+"computer problem by reinstalling it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
+"space by having backups of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:7
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-where.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:27
+msgid "Where to store your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
+"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
+"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:35
+msgid ""
+"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+"all of the backed-up files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:40
+msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:42
+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:45
+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:48
+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:51
+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:54
+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:57
+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon "
+"S3</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-why.page:19
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:22
+msgid "Back up your important files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:24
+msgid ""
+"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
+"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
+"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
+"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth.page:22
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:29
+msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
+"as from your computer to your cell phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:53
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+msgstr "Bluetooth-problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:53
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr "Problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19
+#: C/printing-setup.page:23 C/session-fingerprint.page:19
+msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called "
+"<em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:56 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:60 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:73
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:68 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>. With the panel open and the switch <gui>ON</gui>, your "
+"computer will begin searching for devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Make the other Bluetooth device <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it "
+"within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "
+"will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:77
+msgid ""
+"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+"you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "
+"(you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</gui>), then click "
+"<gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+"list and start again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:86
+msgid ""
+"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "
+"<gui>Connected</gui> status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:90
+msgid ""
+"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "
+"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "
+"to the type of device to which you are connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:95
+msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:101
+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
+msgid ""
+"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "
+"in the system status area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+"be disabled or blocked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
+msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+"is set up to allow connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "
+"computer. This could be because <link "
+"xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter are not installed. "
+"Some Bluetooth adapters are not supported on Linux, so you may not be able "
+"to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to "
+"get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
+"panel and check that it is not <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "
+"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "
+"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "
+"sure that it is not in airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:78
+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+"want to use Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
+msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
+"from a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:77
+msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:80
+msgid ""
+"In the device dialog box, switch <gui>Connection</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>, or "
+"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "
+"Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:86
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+"device</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
+"window, or directly from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "
+"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
+"settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "
+"files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "
+"list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:82
+msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:86
+msgid ""
+"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+"select each file."
+msgstr ""
+"For at sende end mere en fil i en mappe, holdes <key>Ctrl</key> nede mens du "
+"vælger hver fil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:90
+msgid ""
+"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "
+"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the "
+"menu bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:74
+msgid "Set the switch at the top to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
+"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
+"the <key>Fn</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+"Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "
+"keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the "
+"<key>Fn</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:95
+msgid ""
+"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch "
+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:98
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:101 C/net-mobile.page:40
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 C/net-wireless-connect.page:36
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</gui> from "
+"the right side of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">systemmenuen</gui> fra højre "
+"side af toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:105
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu "
+"will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:110
+msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
+msgstr "Vælg <gui>Sluk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> if "
+"<gui>Visible</gui> is switched to <gui>ON</gui> in the Bluetooth menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:121
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "
+"as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:37
+msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:40
+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "
+"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "
+"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertize "
+"itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "
+"connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:49 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
+"computer displays to other devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:53
+msgid ""
+"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+"communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:15
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:17 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:16
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:15 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
+#: C/color-notifications.page:14 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
+#: C/color-testing.page:14 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
+msgid "Richard Hughes"
+msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color.page:14
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color.page:22
+msgid "Color management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:25
+msgid "Color profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:29
+msgid "Calibration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:66 C/shell-introduction.page:166
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='2bfebd76895fcf7ca89f4503fe390b1e'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:71 C/shell-introduction.page:171
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
+msgid "Calendar appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
+msgid ""
+"This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
+"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If "
+"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution's package "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
+msgid "To view your appointments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:48 C/clock-world.page:39
+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:55
+msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As "
+"appointments are added to your <app>Evolution</app> calendar, they will "
+"appear in the clock's appointment list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/clock-calendar.page:72
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-set.page:24
+msgid "Use the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-set.page:28
+msgid "Change the date and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+"format, you can change them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:35 C/clock-timezone.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Date & Time</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Dato & klokkeslæt</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:39 C/clock-timezone.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Date & Time</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you have <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> set to <gui>ON</gui>, your "
+"date and time should update automatically if you have an internet "
+"connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to "
+"<gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:48
+msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or "
+"<gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time Format</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone "
+"manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:37
+msgid "Change your timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> set to <gui>ON</gui>, your time "
+"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To "
+"update your time zone manually, set this to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
+"for your current city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:59
+msgid ""
+"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/link
+#: C/clock-world.page:7
+msgid "<title>Clocks Help</title>"
+msgstr "<title>Hjælp til ure</title>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-world.page:21
+msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-world.page:24
+msgid "Add a world clock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:26
+msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:29
+msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If "
+"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution's package "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:35
+msgid "To add a world clock:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Add world clocks…</gui> link under the calendar to launch "
+"<app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and "
+"<app>Clocks</app> will launch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press "
+#| "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui> "
+"button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new "
+"city."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:57
+msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:60
+msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:64
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of "
+"the capabilities of <app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock.page:19
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"clock-world\">world clocks</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock.page:27
+msgid "Date & time"
+msgstr "Dato & klokkeslæt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "
+"profile for your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:32
+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "
+"the colors which it shows are more accurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:54
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:46 C/color-howtoimport.page:42
+#: C/color-testing.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Color</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Farver</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:43 C/color-testing.page:63
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:46
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:49 C/color-howtoimport.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:54
+#: C/color-testing.page:74
+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
+"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
+"glossy paper and another plain paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:70
+msgid ""
+"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+"create a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
+"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
+"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
+"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:31
+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:34
+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "
+"should calibrate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:50
+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:58
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "
+"usually need to be recalibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:30
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34
+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is "
+"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
+"artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "
+"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
+"ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "
+"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "
+"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
+"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:67
+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
+"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
+"calibration curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
+"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
+"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
+"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
+"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
+"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
+"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
+"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
+"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+msgid ""
+"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+msgid ""
+"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+"Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+"printers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+msgid "QPcard 201"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+msgid "IT8.7/2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+"LaserSoft in various online shops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
+"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
+"price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
+"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
+"for a thousand hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+msgid ""
+"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+"say that their display is calibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
+"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+"does require some initial outlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
+"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why "
+"vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:29
+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:32
+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "
+"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the "
+"<gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:46
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "
+"These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be "
+"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "
+"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "
+"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
+"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+msgid ""
+"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notifications.page:24
+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notifications.page:27
+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "
+"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "
+"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
+"regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "
+"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "
+"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+"age of the profile in days:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/screen
+#: C/color-notifications.page:46
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set "
+"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold "
+"180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set "
+"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold "
+"90</input>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set "
+"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold "
+"180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set "
+"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold "
+"90</input>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:30
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+msgid ""
+"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+"based on the display <link "
+"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data\";> "
+"EDID</link> which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID "
+"only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of "
+"displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other "
+"information for color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+"would lead to more accurate color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-testing.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "
+"correctly to your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:28
+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+"see if anything much has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:33
+msgid ""
+"GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+"the profiles are being applied:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:38
+msgid "Blue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:39
+msgid ""
+"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "
+"sent to the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "
+"a note of which profile is currently being used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "
+"the bottom of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:77
+msgid ""
+"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the "
+"<gui>Color</gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before "
+"you tried one of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+"management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+msgid ""
+"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+"response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+msgid "What is a color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end "
+"color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
+"colors are not being lost or modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
+msgid "What is a color space?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
+msgid ""
+"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
+"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
+"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
+"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
+"colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
+"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
+"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB og ProPhotoRGB vist som hvide trekanter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
+msgid ""
+"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
+"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
+"applications (including the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
+msgid ""
+"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
+"crushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
+msgid ""
+"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
+"steps between each value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
+"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+"together:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
+msgid "Averaged profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
+"state and make the profile inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+"profile based on your exact characterization state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+msgid "Why is color management important?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+"cold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+"muddy brown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
+"as the paper color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
+"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
+"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
+"kilometers or 7 meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
+msgid ""
+"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
+"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
+"\"washed out\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
+msgid ""
+"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
+"like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
+msgid ""
+"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
+"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
+"exact Red Hat Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:14
+msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28
+msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
+msgid "To add a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their "
+"information. Click on the drop down box next to each field to chose the type "
+"of detail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:46
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:50
+msgid "To remove a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:54 C/contacts-connect.page:34
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:39
+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:57 C/contacts-edit-details.page:42
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
+"<app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:61
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts.page:18
+msgid "Access your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:22
+msgid "2013-2014"
+msgstr "2013-2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:25
+msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:28
+msgid "Connect with your contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:30
+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Press on the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email "
+"your contact, press the email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, "
+"you will not be able to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:29
+msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+msgid "Edit contact details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+"up to date and complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46
+msgid "Edit the contact details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
+msgid ""
+"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, press "
+"<gui style=\"button\">New Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to "
+"add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
+msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
+msgid "Link contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
+"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
+"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
+"contacts that you want to merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
+msgid "Unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
+"should not be linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
+"contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80
+msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-search.page:28
+msgid "Search for a contact."
+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+msgid "Search for a contact"
+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:33
+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:37
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
+"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:51
+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:55
+msgid "Click inside the search field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:58
+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:22
+msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:25
+msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:27
+msgid ""
+"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
+"Book</gui> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish "
+"to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
+"Address Book</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
+#: C/display-brightness.page:20 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18 C/look-background.page:22
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 C/look-resolution.page:19
+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
+msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
+msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
+msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "
+"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+"administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "
+"how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+"longer to complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
+"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
+"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
+"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
+"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+"benchmark test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+"space and capacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:28
+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:30
+msgid ""
+"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:36
+msgid ""
+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+"The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "
+"capacity of each."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage "
+"for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "
+"<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:52
+msgid ""
+"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, "
+"<gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last "
+"<gui>Modified</gui>. See more details in <link "
+"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:61
+msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:63
+msgid ""
+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
+"Monitor</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn programmet <app>Systemovervågning</app> fra "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to "
+"<gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:80
+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-check.page:24
+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:28
+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:31
+msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> "
+"(Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually "
+"checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is "
+"about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:41
+msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:31
+msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "
+"left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data & Self-Tests…</gui>. "
+"The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say \"Disk is OK\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:55
+msgid ""
+"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:65
+msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk "
+"<em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's "
+"better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to "
+"prevent data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-format.page:16
+msgid ""
+"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+"drive by formatting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:21
+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
+"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:29
+msgid "Format a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:43
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
+"button. Then click <gui>Format…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
+"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
+"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format…</gui> to continue and show a "
+"confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click "
+"<gui>Format</gui> to wipe the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
+"disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:66
+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
+"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
+"as <app>shred</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+"manage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+msgid ""
+"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
+"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
+"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
+"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
+"(and possibly write) files on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
+"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
+"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
+"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+"utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
+msgstr "Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og start <app>Diske</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
+"drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "
+"present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
+"manage these volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+"these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Vær forsigtig: det er muligt helt at slette dataene fra din disk med disse "
+"redskaber."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
+"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
+"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
+"or convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+msgid ""
+"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "
+"partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition "
+"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its "
+"<gui>Flags</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain "
+"a bootable volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk.page:15
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes "
+"and partitions</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk.page:25
+msgid "Disks & storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/display-blank.page:17 C/gnome-classic.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:9
+#: C/power-closelid.page:23 C/power-lowpower.page:21
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17
+#: C/translate.page:20
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-blank.page:28
+msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:31
+msgid "Set screen blanking time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left "
+"idle. You can also disable the blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:37
+msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:39 C/display-brightness.page:67
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:33 C/power-autosuspend.page:32
+#: C/power-status.page:31 C/power-whydim.page:49 C/power-wireless.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Strøm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:43 C/display-brightness.page:71
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:37 C/power-autosuspend.page:36
+#: C/power-whydim.page:53 C/power-wireless.page:35
+msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> "
+"to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:53
+msgid ""
+"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself "
+"for security reasons. To change this behavior, see <link "
+"xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-brightness.page:42
+msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-brightness.page:46
+msgid "Set screen brightness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to "
+"save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:51
+msgid ""
+"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</gui> on the right side of "
+"the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to "
+"use. The change should take effect immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
+"often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> "
+"key to use these keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> "
+"panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/display-brightness.page:65
+msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. "
+"The change should take effect immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness "
+"will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen "
+"brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have "
+"the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see <link "
+"xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:27
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:75
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76
+msgid ""
+"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If "
+"your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+"the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:74
+#: C/look-resolution.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Skærme</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:86 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:78
+#: C/look-resolution.page:59
+msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Click on the monitor that you would like to activate or deactivate, then in "
+"the list of monitor configuration select <gui>Turn Off</gui> to deactivate "
+"the monitor, or one of <gui>Primary</gui>, <gui>Secondary</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Mirror</gui> to activate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94
+msgid ""
+"The primary monitor is the one with the <link "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link>, and where the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100
+msgid ""
+"To rotate the orientation of the monitor, use the buttons with the arrows "
+"until the preview is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
+msgid ""
+"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+"<gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-autorun.page:26 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:29
+#: C/look-background.page:38 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
+#: C/look-resolution.page:27 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22 C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-autorun.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+"other devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
+"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:53 C/gnome-version.page:26
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:40 C/net-default-email.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Detaljer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:57 C/gnome-version.page:30
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:44 C/net-default-email.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:60
+msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+"types of devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "
+"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other "
+"Media…</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of "
+"device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or "
+"action from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+msgid "Types of devices and media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:90
+msgid "Audio discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
+"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:98
+msgid "Video discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
+"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:106
+msgid "Blank discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+msgid "Cameras and photos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
+"your photos using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:123
+msgid "Music players"
+msgstr "Musikafspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:128
+msgid "E-book readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:129
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "
+"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:134
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
+"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:141
+msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-browse.page:37
+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:40
+msgid "Browse files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
+"servers</link>, and on network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:55
+msgid ""
+"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can "
+"also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you "
+"would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:62
+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+"double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> any "
+"file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a "
+"folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it "
+"in a new tab or new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:70
+msgid ""
+"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link "
+"xref=\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to "
+"be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:75
+msgid ""
+"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
+"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its "
+"properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "
+"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "
+"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "
+"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:86
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+"not see the sidebar, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and then select "
+"<gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and "
+"they will appear in the sidebar. Drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it "
+"over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears dynamically, or click the window "
+"menu and then select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Bookmark this Location</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13
+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-copy.page:28
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:31
+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:33
+msgid ""
+"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+"keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
+"don't like your changes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:42
+msgid ""
+"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+"and folders in exactly the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:46
+msgid "Copy and paste files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:47
+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "
+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "
+"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:59
+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:60
+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:63
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:71
+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+"to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move "
+"it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy "
+"it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:82
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+"key while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:91
+msgid ""
+"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "
+"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "
+"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions "
+"</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-delete.page:37
+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:40
+msgid "Delete files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link "
+"xref=\"files-recover\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder "
+"to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were "
+"accidentally deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:49
+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:50
+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>Delete</key> på dit tastatur. Eller: Træk elementet til "
+"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> i sidepanelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:56
+msgid ""
+"The file will be moved to the trash, and you'll be presented with an option "
+"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "
+"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "
+"its original location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:61
+msgid ""
+"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:66
+msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+"the trash first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:71
+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:72
+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+"key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på og hold <key>Skift</key>-tasten nede, og tryk herefter på "
+"<key>Delete</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+"delete the file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
+"into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+msgstr ""
+"Læg filer og dokumenter på en tom CD eller DVD ved brug af en CD/DVD-brænder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:22
+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
+"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
+"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:32
+msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+msgid ""
+"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
+"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(du kan også klikke på <gui>Tom CD/DVD-R-disk</gui> under <gui>Enheder</gui> "
+"i filhåndteringens sidepanel)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:41
+msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:44
+msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:50
+msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:51
+msgid ""
+"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(du kan i stedet vælge <gui>Aftryksfil</gui>. Dette lægger filerne i et "
+"<em>diskaftryk</em>, som gemmes på din computer. Du kan herefter brænde "
+"diskaftrykket på en tom disk på et senere tidspunkt)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+"be fine."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Egenskaber</gui> hvis du vil justere brændingshastigheden, "
+"placeringen af midlertidige filer, og andre valgmuligheder. "
+"Standardindstillingerne skulle virke fint."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:61
+msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Brænd</gui>-knappen for at starte optagelsen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+"additional discs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:66
+msgid ""
+"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+msgstr "Hvis disken ikke blev brændt ordentligt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:78
+msgid ""
+"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "
+"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You "
+"can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
+"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:32
+msgid "Hide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide "
+"files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the "
+"file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:38
+msgid ""
+"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a "
+"<file>.</file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file "
+"named <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to "
+"<file>.example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+"by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:49
+msgid "Show all hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+"either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
+"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
+"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press "
+#| "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgid ""
+"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the "
+"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:66
+msgid "Unhide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+msgid ""
+"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+"view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "
+"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a "
+"<file>.</file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called "
+"<file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button "
+"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:83
+msgid ""
+"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "
+"but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "
+"These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-lost.page:32
+msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-lost.page:36
+msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "
+"these tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+"how you named it, you can <link xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by "
+"name</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
+"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+"the file manager. Click the view options button in the <app>Files</app> "
+"toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "
+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-open.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+"file. You can change the default too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-open.page:27
+msgid "Open files with other applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:29
+msgid ""
+"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will "
+"be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it "
+"in a different application, search online for applications, or set the "
+"default application for all files of the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "
+"not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other "
+"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that "
+"are known to handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
+"computer, click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "
+"applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "
+"will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "
+"handle files of that type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-open.page:47
+msgid "Change the default application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you "
+"double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music "
+"player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+"<file>.mp3</file> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:57
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:58
+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:59
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "
+"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
+"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by "
+"right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:68
+msgid ""
+"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+"all files with the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-preview.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-preview.page:29
+msgid "Preview files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:35
+msgid ""
+"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+"seek through your video and audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:39
+msgid ""
+"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press "
+"<key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the "
+"space bar to exit the preview completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-recover.page:24
+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:28
+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:34
+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <app>Filer</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:40
+msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click "
+"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Sidebar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
+"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete "
+"</key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:58
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
+"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
+"recover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+msgstr "Afmontér eller skub et USB-flash-drev, CD, DVD eller anden enhed, ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
+"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
+"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
+"from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
+msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
+msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
+msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
+msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
+msgid ""
+"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+"files open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-rename.page:35
+msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:38
+msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:40
+msgid ""
+"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
+"of a file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:44
+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+"press <key>F2</key>."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik på elementet og vælg <gui>Omdøb</gui>, eller vælg filen og tryk på "
+"<key>F2</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv det nye navn og tryk på <key>Enter</key> eller klik på "
+"<gui>Omdøb</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can also rename a file from the <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:54
+msgid ""
+"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "
+"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "
+"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "
+"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "
+"file name and change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "
+"toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:70
+msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "
+"file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+"following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "
+"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, "
+"<file>:</file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "
+"will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "
+"it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:45
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:92
+msgid "The file name is already in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:93
+msgid ""
+"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:96
+msgid ""
+"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name "
+"<file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using "
+"different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:102
+msgid "The file name is too long"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:103
+msgid ""
+"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+"path to the file (for example, "
+"<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/…</file>), so you should "
+"avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:110
+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:111
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-search.page:31
+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-search.page:34
+msgid "Search for files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-search.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+"the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/files-search.page:40
+msgid "Other search applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-search.page:46 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Søg"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:48 C/files-share.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn programmet <app>Filer</app> fra <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "
+"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "
+"word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless "
+"of case."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv et eller flere ord som du ved indgår i filnavnet, og de vil blive vist "
+"i søgelinjen. F.eks. hvis du navngiver alle dine fakturaer med ordet "
+"\"Faktura\", så skriv <input>faktura</input>. Ord matches uanset om "
+"bogstaverne er store eller små."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-search.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "
+"the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:67
+msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your "
+"<file>Home</file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the "
+"drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the "
+"<gui>x</gui> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+"return to the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-select.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+"which have similar names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-select.page:22
+msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
+"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
+"available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:31
+msgid ""
+"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+"all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:33
+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:36
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr "F.eks.:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+"pattern"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har en OpenDocument-tekstfil, en PDF-fil, og et billede som alle har "
+"det samme grundnavn <file>Faktura</file>, vælges alle tre med mønsteret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:42
+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Faktura.*</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+"all with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har nogle billeder, der er navngivet som <file>Ferie-001.jpg</file>, "
+"<file>Ferie-002.jpg</file>, <file>Ferie-003.jpg</file>; så vælges de alle "
+"med mønsteret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:47
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???.jpg</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "
+"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "
+"edited, select the edited photos with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:52
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???-redigeret.jpg</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-share.page:26
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-share.page:30
+msgid "Share files by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-share.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
+"file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "
+"installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-share.page:51
+msgid "To share a file by email:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:56
+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window "
+"will appear with the file attached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
+"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
+"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+"<key>Ctrl</key> while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-sort.page:27
+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:30
+msgid "Sort files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
+"information on how to change the default sort order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+"the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:46
+msgid "Icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the "
+"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By "
+"Type</gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:54
+msgid ""
+"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+"from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:64
+msgid "List view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+"columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "
+"Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "
+"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
+"for descriptions of available columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:79
+msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:54 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Navn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:84
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:61
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Størrelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+"smallest to largest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:66
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+"together, then sorted by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:97
+msgid "Last Modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+"to newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+msgid "Anita Reitere"
+msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-templates.page:27
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:30
+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
+"could create a template document with your letterhead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:38
+msgid "Make a new template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
+"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "
+"not exist, you will need to create it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:52
+msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:54
+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+"be listed in the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:62
+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link "
+"xref=\"files-rename\">rename the file</link> when you are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-tilde.page:28
+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-tilde.page:31
+msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "
+"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
+"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
+"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:39
+msgid ""
+"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu "
+"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by "
+"repeating either of these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:46
+msgid ""
+"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/files.page:28
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files.page:30
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files.page:39
+msgid "Files, folders & search"
+msgstr "Filer, mapper & søgning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:42
+msgid "Common tasks"
+msgstr "Almindelige opgaver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:47
+msgid "More file-related tasks"
+msgstr "Flere filrelaterede opgaver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:52
+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+msgstr "Flytbare drev og eksterne diske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:57
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:62
+msgid "Tips and questions"
+msgstr "Tips og spørgsmål"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/get-involved.page:7
+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:17
+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:20
+msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:21
+msgid ""
+"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
+"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link "
+"href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\";>bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+"Account</gui> link to create one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a "
+"Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before "
+"reporting a bug, please read the <link "
+"href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\";>bug writing "
+"guidelines</link>, and please <link "
+"href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\";>browse</link> "
+"for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
+"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:43
+msgid "Contact us"
+msgstr "Kontakt os"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> "
+"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+"the documentation team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
+"experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:26
+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:30
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME "
+"3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
+"such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top "
+"bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:38
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME "
+"3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
+"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
+"and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom "
+"of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch "
+"applications. The <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview is "
+"available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:52
+msgid ""
+"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press "
+"the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"For at få adgang til <em><gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui></em>, kan du også "
+"trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:56
+msgid "Window list"
+msgstr "Vinduesliste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:58 C/shell-introduction.page:295
+msgid ""
+"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
+"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:61 C/shell-introduction.page:298
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
+"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
+"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
+"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
+"which lets you access all your notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:75
+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:78
+msgid ""
+"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
+"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
+"available or installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:86 C/gnome-classic.page:111
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "
+"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:90 C/gnome-classic.page:115
+msgid ""
+"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:94 C/gnome-classic.page:119
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:97 C/gnome-classic.page:122
+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign "
+"In</gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:104 C/gnome-classic.page:129
+msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:125
+msgid ""
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign "
+"In</gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-version.page:16
+msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-version.page:19
+msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "
+"going to the <gui>Details</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:31
+msgid ""
+"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "
+"distribution's name and the GNOME version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23
+msgid "Media card reader problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link "
+"xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps "
+"if they are not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
+"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
+"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. Does the "
+"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <gui "
+"style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type "
+"<input>computer:///</input> and press <key>Enter</key>. If your card reader "
+"is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card "
+"is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "
+"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "
+"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "
+"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "
+"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+"supported by Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
+msgid ""
+"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+"attached to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
+msgid "What is a driver?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+"graphics and audio cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
+msgid ""
+"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+"<em>device driver</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "
+"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "
+"with any other model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
+msgid ""
+"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially "
+"non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do "
+"double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+msgid "Screen problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+"experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:13
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Hardware"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware.page:15
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
+"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware.page:26
+msgid "Hardware & drivers"
+msgstr "Hardware & drivere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/hardware.page:31
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr "Flere emner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:36
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr "Problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:37
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Hardware problems"
+msgstr "Hardwareproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-irc.page:7
+msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-irc.page:18
+msgid "IRC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:19
+msgid ""
+"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+"users and developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>empathy</app> or "
+"<app>xchat</app>, or use a web interface like <link "
+"href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\";>mibbit</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link "
+"href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
+"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOMEs IRC-server er <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. Du kan også se det omtalt som "
+"GIMP-netværket (\"GIMP network\"). Hvis din computer er korrekt "
+"konfigureret, kan du klikke på linket <link "
+"href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> for at åbne <sys>gnome</sys>-kanalen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:37
+msgid ""
+"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+"immediately, so be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Please note the <link "
+"href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct\";>GNOME code of "
+"conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
+msgid "Mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link "
+"href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+"email to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:7
+msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:9
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:10
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/index.page:11
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/index.page:16
+msgid "Yelp logo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:16
+msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:18 C/keyboard-osk.page:19 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:21 C/keyboard.page:22
+msgid "Julita Inca"
+msgstr "Julita Inca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:36
+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+# Marín jf. nedenfor. Må være fejl i den engelske
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15
+msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
+"than with a right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Menu</key>-tasten?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
+"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
+"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
+"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
+"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
+"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
+"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
+"is not present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
+"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
+"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
+"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
+"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
+"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
+"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
+"the point when the key is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
+"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:29
+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Super</key>-tasten?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
+"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
+"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
+"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
+msgid ""
+"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview, then open the <app>Settings</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>, "
+"og åbn herefter <app>Indstillinger</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:51
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tastatur</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:54
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"tab\">Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+"activities overview</gui> on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:25
+msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 C/printing-name-location.page:17
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:22 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:27
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
+#: C/user-autologin.page:17
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr "2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:43
+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+"languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 C/session-formats.page:36
+#: C/session-language.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Region & sprog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 C/session-formats.page:40
+#: C/session-language.page:53
+msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
+"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
+"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70 C/keyboard-layouts.page:76
+msgid "preview"
+msgstr "forhåndsvis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
+"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79
+msgid "preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
+"those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
+"them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from "
+"the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui "
+"style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> button will give you access to the extra "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82
+msgid ""
+"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
+"multiple layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90
+msgid ""
+"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
+"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
+"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
+"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
+"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
+"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97
+msgid ""
+"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
+"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
+"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
+"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "
+"previous one with "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can "
+"change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:31
+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44
+msgid ""
+"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link "
+"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<key>Tab</key> og <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
+"text area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:69
+msgid "Arrow keys"
+msgstr "Piletaster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
+msgid ""
+"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+"items with children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:80
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+"changing which item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:85
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+"the newly focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Mellemrum</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:94
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+"deselecting other items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:99
+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
+"on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:110
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+msgid ""
+"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+"navigate the menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:115
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:120
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:123
+msgid ""
+"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had "
+"right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:133
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> og "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141
+msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:158 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:159
+msgid ""
+"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166
+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:170
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">Open the message tray.</link> "
+"Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:176
+msgid "Navigate windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+msgid "Close the current window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:182
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
+msgid ""
+"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+msgid ""
+"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:197 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198
+msgid ""
+"Resize the current window. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
+"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or "
+"<key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:216
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window "
+"to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:222 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:223
+msgid "Minimize a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:233 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:240 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241
+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "
+"or a touchscreen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:37
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:56
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:61
+msgid ""
+"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
+"at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
+"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press "
+"the <gui style=\"button\">Abc</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:70
+msgid "keyboard"
+msgstr "tastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:69
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to hide the "
+"keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when you "
+"next press on something where you can use it. To make the keyboard show "
+"again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link> (by "
+"moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen), and press the keyboard icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+"delay and speed of repeat keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:40
+msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
+"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr "Skift <gui>Gentagne taster</gui> til <gui>TIL</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the "
+"<gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37
+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56
+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60 C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tastatur</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 C/tips-specialchars.page:81
+msgid "Click on <gui>Keyboard</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
+"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
+"accelerator…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+"clear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82
+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+"into these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87
+msgid "Launchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+msgid "Launch help browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:90 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:338 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:342
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:346 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:350
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:382
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:438 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:442
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93
+msgid "Launch calculator"
+msgstr "Start lommeregner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
+msgid "Launch email client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
+msgid "Launch web browser"
+msgstr "Start webbrowser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
+msgid "Home folder"
+msgstr "Hjemmemappe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:137
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:141
+msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+msgid "Switch applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
+msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
+msgid "Switch system controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
+msgid "Switch windows directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
+msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+msgid "Move to workspace left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+msgid "Move to workspace right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+msgid "Move to workspace above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+msgid "Move to workspace below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:217
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr "Skærmbilleder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+msgid "Save a screenshot to file"
+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede af et område"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
+msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to file"
+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede af et vindue"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to file"
+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede af et område"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+msgid "Record a screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250
+msgid "Sound and Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+msgid "Volume mute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+msgid "Volume down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+msgid "Volume up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+msgid "Launch media player"
+msgstr "Start medieafspiller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:272
+msgid "Pause playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
+msgid "Stop playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+msgid "Previous track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
+msgid "Next track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
+msgid "Eject"
+msgstr "Skub ud"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294
+msgid "System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
+msgid "Show the activities overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+msgid "Log out"
+msgstr "Log ud"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
+msgid "Lock screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+msgid "Show the message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+msgid "Focus the active notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+msgid "Show all applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:330
+msgid "Typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
+msgid "Switch to next input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+msgid "Compose Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
+msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
+msgid "Universal Access"
+msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr "Zoom ind"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:362
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr "Zoom ud"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
+msgid "Increase text size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+msgid "Decrease text size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+msgid "High contrast on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:391
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
+msgid "Activate the window menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+msgid "Maximize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:406
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+msgid "Restore window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
+msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
+msgid "Close window"
+msgstr "Luk vindue"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
+msgid "Hide window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
+msgid "Move window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
+msgid "Resize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
+msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:471
+msgid ""
+"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom "
+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:480
+msgid ""
+"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+"run an application, then click <gui>Add</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+"the shortcut to open <app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it "
+"<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:487
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
+"<gui>New accelerator…</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:493
+msgid ""
+"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
+"application itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:498
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:32
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:35 C/prefs-language.page:26
+msgid "Region & Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/look-background.page:18
+msgid "April Gonzales"
+msgstr "April Gonzales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-background.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background or lock screen "
+"background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-background.page:52
+msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-background.page:54
+msgid ""
+"You can change the image used for your backgrounds or set it to a be a solid "
+"color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Baggrund</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:63
+msgid "Click on <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:66
+msgid "Select the <gui>Background</gui> or <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:69
+msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers change throughout the day. "
+"These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder. Most photo management applications store "
+"photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures "
+"folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and "
+"selecting <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening "
+"the image file, clicking the menu button in the titlebar and selecting "
+"<gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:88
+msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:93
+msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:96
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+"to view your entire desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39
+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41
+msgid ""
+"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+"the right one for your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44
+msgid ""
+"To solve this, open the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Displays</gui>. Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel. "
+"Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+"screen look better."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57
+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
+"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64
+msgid ""
+"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+"will not be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. "
+"In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
+"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you cannot show the "
+"same window on both screens at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70
+msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:81
+msgid ""
+"The displays should be listed as <gui>Mirrored</gui>. Select your main "
+"display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Primary</gui> in the list of display configurations, and then "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+"display looks right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-resolution.page:37
+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+msgid "Change the resolution or rotation of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
+"<em>rotation</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:67
+msgid "Select the resolution and rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
+"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
+"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:78
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:80
+msgid ""
+"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect "
+"ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
+"16∶9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a "
+"resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen "
+"will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and "
+"bottom or both sides of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:88
+msgid ""
+"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> "
+"drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may "
+"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:95
+msgid "Rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:97
+msgid ""
+"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can rotate what you "
+"see on your screen by pressing the buttons with the arrows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:13
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
+"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/media.page:22
+msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
+msgstr "Lyd, video & billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:26
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:27
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:28
+msgctxt "link:topic"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:36
+msgid "Basic sound"
+msgstr "Grundlæggende lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:40
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Music and players"
+msgstr "Musik og afspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:41
+msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+msgstr "Musik og bærbare lydafspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:45
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:46
+msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+msgstr "Billeder og digitalkameraer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Videos"
+msgstr "Videoer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:51
+msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+msgstr "Videoer og videokamera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/more-help.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/more-help.page:26
+msgid "Get more help"
+msgstr "Få mere hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+"double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
+"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> "
+"slider to a value you find comfortable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+"if it still has the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:59 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:55
+msgid ""
+"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+"pointing device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:32
+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:42 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:134
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Mus & pegeplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:46 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:138
+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
+"<gui>Right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32
+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:36
+msgid "Middle-click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
+"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44
+msgid ""
+"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+"at once to middle-click. You have to <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad "
+"settings for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply "
+"middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or "
+"in the applications overview. The applications overview is displayed using "
+"the grid button in the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
+"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
+"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
+"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
+"<key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:66
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
+"had double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:26
+msgid "2013, 2015"
+msgstr "2013, 2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38
+msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "
+"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, using "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed by "
+"<key>Enter</key> or using <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> section then press <key>Enter</key> to "
+"switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68
+msgid ""
+"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
+"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
+"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "
+"numeric keypads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
+"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
+"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
+"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
+"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
+"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:86
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:91
+msgid ""
+"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
+"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
+"if it was not plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
+"broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
+msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you "
+"without it constantly waking up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
+msgid ""
+"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+"this is the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
+"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37
+msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+"comfortable for you. You will see one slider per each pointing device, such "
+"as mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You can set different pointer speed for each type of device. For example, "
+"you can have one scroll speed for a laptop touchpad and another for a mouse. "
+"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the "
+"best for another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "
+"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is plugged "
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+"without separate hardware buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+msgid "Tap to click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42
+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:69
+msgid ""
+"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to "
+"right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of "
+"right-clicking without a second mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87
+msgid ""
+"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+"think they're a single finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:95
+msgid "Two finger scroll"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:113
+msgid ""
+"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
+"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "
+"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "
+"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+"touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:121
+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
+msgid "Natural scrolling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:129
+msgid ""
+"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+"touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Natural scrolling</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:147
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21 C/translate.page:13
+msgid "2011"
+msgstr "2011"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:15 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
+msgid "Jana Svarova"
+msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
+"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
+"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse.page:24
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse.page:31
+msgid "Mouse"
+msgstr "Mus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:42
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Common mouse problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:43
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Mouse tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:51
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse.page:53
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+"\"copy protected\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+msgid ""
+"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+"computer and then copied it over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+msgid ""
+"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
+"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
+"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
+"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
+"that format so that you can play it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
+"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
+"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
+"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
+"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
+"supported on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
+"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+msgid ""
+"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
+"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
+"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
+"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
+"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
+"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
+"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+msgid ""
+"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
+"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
+"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
+"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
+"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
+"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
+"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+"use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+msgid ""
+"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
+"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+msgid ""
+"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
+"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+"into a Linux computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+"trash behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:27
+msgid "Sindhu S"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37
+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click "
+"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:46
+msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:47
+msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
+msgid ""
+"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+"while clicking to select one or more files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:57
+msgid "Executable text files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58
+msgid ""
+"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
+"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and "
+"<file>.pl</file>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65
+msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69
+msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72
+msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75
+msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
+"wish to run or view the selected text file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the "
+"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the "
+"context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> "
+"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files "
+"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:100
+msgid "Select the desired file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:103
+msgid ""
+"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
+"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:109
+msgid ""
+"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
+"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:118
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120
+msgid "Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:124
+msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:125
+msgid ""
+"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26
+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30
+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32
+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
+msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Click the window menu in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this "
+"Location</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46
+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from "
+"the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:54
+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:60
+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
+"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
+"than the name of the folder it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
+msgid ""
+"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+"WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
+"files with other people on your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+msgid ""
+"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in "
+"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
+"network that advertize their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
+"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
+"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its "
+"internet/network address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
+msgid "Connect to a file server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
+msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the "
+"form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are "
+"<link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can "
+"browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The "
+"server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the "
+"future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
+msgid "Writing URLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+"like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
+msgid ""
+"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain "
+"name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
+msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+msgid ""
+"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+"domain name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk:port/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
+msgid "Types of servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
+"username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
+msgid ""
+"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+"delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
+msgid ""
+"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+"file shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
+msgid ""
+"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
+msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
+msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ssh://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
+msgid ""
+"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+"so that other users on your network can't see it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
+msgid "FTP (with login)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+msgid ""
+"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
+"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
+"upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
+msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ftp://brugernavn ftp eksempel dk/sti/</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
+msgid "Public FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
+msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
+msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+msgid ""
+"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
+"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
+"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+msgid "Windows share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
+msgid ""
+"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
+"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
+"share from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
+msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
+msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>smb://servernavn/Share</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
+msgid ""
+"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
+"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
+"can't see your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
+msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
+msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>dav://eksempel.værtsnavn.dk/sti</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
+msgid "NFS share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
+msgid ""
+"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "
+"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "
+"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "
+"connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
+msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
+msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>nfs://servernavn/sti</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:40
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:30
+msgid "File manager display preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:37
+msgid "Icon captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:41
+msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
+msgid ""
+"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar "
+"and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager "
+"will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to "
+"three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom "
+"levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:60
+msgid "List View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:62
+msgid ""
+"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Navigate folders in a tree</gui>. "
+"This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the "
+"contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the "
+"folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with "
+"a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+msgid ""
+"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
+msgid "File properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+"information often, you can have it displayed in <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+"are also <gui><link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and "
+"<gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For "
+"certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra "
+"tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
+msgid "Basic properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
+msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Navn</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
+msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Type</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+msgid ""
+"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
+"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
+"information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+msgid ""
+"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
+"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
+"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
+"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+msgid "Parent Folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
+"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
+"folder, its parent folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location "
+"would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
+msgid "Free Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+msgid ""
+"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+"if the hard disk is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:139
+msgid "Accessed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:71
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
+msgid "Set file permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+"on the types of permissions you can set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to "
+"read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
+"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
+"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
+"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
+"to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+"the file's group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
+"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
+msgid "Folders"
+msgstr "Mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+msgid ""
+"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+"groups, and other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73
+msgid ""
+"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+"set for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
+msgctxt "permission"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78
+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
+msgid "List files only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+"able to open, create, or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
+msgid "Access files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+"new files or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
+msgid "Create and delete files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94
+msgid ""
+"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+"and deleting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99
+msgid ""
+"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
+"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
+"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:39
+msgid "Files list columns preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+msgid ""
+"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the "
+"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
+"which columns will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+"order in which the selected columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to "
+"Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:55
+msgid "The name of folders and files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
+msgid ""
+"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+"audio, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:72
+msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:75
+msgid "Owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr "Gruppe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
+msgid ""
+"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "
+"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "
+"department may have their own group in a work environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+msgid ""
+"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "
+"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "
+"also be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+msgid ""
+"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+"who owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:99
+msgid ""
+"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+"group that owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:103
+msgid ""
+"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+"for all other users on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:107
+msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:110
+msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:114
+msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:117
+msgid ""
+"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "
+"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:122
+msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:127
+msgid "MIME Type"
+msgstr "MIME-type"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:128
+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:131
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:132
+msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:135
+msgid "Modified – Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:136
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:140
+msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
+msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16
+msgid "File manager preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29
+msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38
+msgid "<gui>Files</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Filer</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39
+msgid ""
+"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a "
+"local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local "
+"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the "
+"preview option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46
+msgid ""
+"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+"to limit the size of files previewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:50
+msgid "<gui>Folders</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Mapper</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
+"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
+"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
+"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
+"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
+"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
+msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. "
+"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in the top bar while "
+"<app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
+msgid "Default view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
+msgid "Arrange items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
+"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
+"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
+"accessed or when they were trashed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
+"individual folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and "
+"choosing <gui>Name</gui>, <gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Type</gui> or <gui>Last "
+"Modified</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:69
+msgid "Sort folders before files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:70
+msgid ""
+"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
+"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
+msgid ""
+"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
+"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "
+"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
+"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+"worry about them at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
+"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12
+#: C/net-problem.page:12 C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless.page:21
+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-browser.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-browser.page:23
+msgid "Web Browsers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:31
+msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "
+"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
+"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:47 C/net-default-email.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the "
+"<gui>Web</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:56
+msgid ""
+"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "
+"browser again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-email.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-email.page:31
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "
+"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "
+"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+"of people you email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+"through email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
+"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
+"to scan your email for viruses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
+"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
+"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
+"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
+"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
+"software of their own anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-email-virus\">Should I scan for viruses?</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email.page:31
+msgid "Email & email software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-findip.page:33
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:36
+msgid "Find your IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
+"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
+"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:44
+msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:46 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:45 C/net-macaddress.page:49
+#: C/net-manual.page:39 C/net-othersconnect.page:46 C/net-othersedit.page:66
+#: C/net-proxy.page:64 C/net-vpn-connect.page:61
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:41 C/power-nowireless.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Network</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skriv <gui>Netværk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:50 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:53
+#: C/net-manual.page:43 C/net-othersconnect.page:50 C/net-othersedit.page:70
+#: C/net-proxy.page:68 C/net-vpn-connect.page:65
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:45 C/power-nowireless.page:53
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Choose which connection, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
+"pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:55
+msgid "The IP address for a wired connection will be displayed on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/net-findip.page:59 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:55
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:57 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-manual.page:49
+#: C/net-manual.page:51 C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:94 C/net-wired-connect.page:34
+msgid "settings"
+msgstr "indstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the IP address for the wireless network "
+"in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:66
+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Visit <link "
+"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:72
+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "
+"addresses may be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
+msgid ""
+"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+"your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
+"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+"the firewall tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+msgid ""
+"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+"for a program with your firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
+msgid ""
+"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
+"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
+"use, so this table isn't complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
+msgid "5353/udp"
+msgstr "5353/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+"without you having to specify the details manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
+msgid "631/udp"
+msgstr "631/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:28
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr "Udskrivning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
+msgid "631/tcp"
+msgstr "631/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+msgid "5298/tcp"
+msgstr "5298/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+msgid "Presence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
+msgid "5900/tcp"
+msgstr "5900/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
+msgid "Remote desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+"remote assistance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
+msgid "3689/tcp"
+msgstr "3689/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+"services from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:34
+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Most networks will automatically assign an <link "
+"xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and other details to your "
+"computer when you connect to the network. These details can change "
+"periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer "
+"so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:41
+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to give a "
+"fixed address. If you plug in to the network with a cable, click "
+"<gui>Wired</gui>, then click the <_:media-1/> button in the lower right "
+"corner of the panel. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-2/> "
+"button will be located next to the active network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the "
+"<gui>Addresses</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Enter the <em>Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
+"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
+"servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-general.page:21
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-general.page:29
+msgid "Networking terms & tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:19
+msgid ""
+"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+"which display videos and interactive web pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:23
+msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+"websites won't work without Flash."
+msgstr ""
+"<app>Flash</app> er et <em>plugin</em> til din webbrowser, som giver "
+"mulighed for at du kan se videoer og bruge interaktive websider på nogle "
+"websteder. Nogle websteder virker ikke uden Flash."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
+"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
+"software installer (package manager) too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:41
+msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+"or similar and click to install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:59
+msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player "
+"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+"automatically detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Look at the <link "
+"href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\";>installation "
+"instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web "
+"browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:80
+msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:82
+msgid ""
+"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
+"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:88
+msgid ""
+"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:94
+msgid "LightSpark"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:97
+msgid "Gnash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
+"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
+msgid ""
+"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
+"pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware "
+"Address</gui> on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device "
+"displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
+msgid ""
+"In practice, you may need to modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address. For example, "
+"some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be "
+"used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you "
+"need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, "
+"you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-manual.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You may have to enter network settings if they don't get assigned "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:28
+msgid "Manually set network settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
+"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
+"router or network switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:37
+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:46
+msgid ""
+"In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to set up "
+"manually. If you plug in to the network with a cable, click "
+"<gui>Wired</gui>, then click the <_:media-1/> button in the lower right "
+"corner of the panel. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-2/> "
+"button will be located next to the active network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>IPv4</gui> and change <gui>Addresses</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Type in the <gui>Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the "
+"appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:63
+msgid ""
+"These must be <em>IP addresses</em>; that is, they must be four numbers "
+"separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to "
+"<gui>OFF</gui>. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter "
+"additional DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to "
+"<gui>OFF</gui>. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, "
+"<gui>Gateway</gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter "
+"additional routes using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+"system status area on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
+"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-mobile.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-mobile.page:30
+msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer's "
+"built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan opsætte en forbindelse til et mobilnetværk (3G) med din computers "
+"indbyggede 3G-modem, din mobiltelefon eller en internet-stick."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick "
+"to a USB port on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "
+"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system status menu, "
+"ensure that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "
+"<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "
+"opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider's country or region from the list. Click <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
+"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> panel will display the properties of your connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
+msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "
+"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "
+"should check the connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81
+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "
+"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "
+"network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+"entering any further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
+msgid "Any user can change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+"network connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
+msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "
+"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-problem.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+"network</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-problem.page:23
+msgid "Network problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-proxy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "
+"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+msgid "Define proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:43
+msgid "What is a proxy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "
+"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "
+"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "
+"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "
+"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "
+"do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+msgid "Change proxy method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:74
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:77
+msgctxt "proxy"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:78
+msgid ""
+"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "
+"web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:82
+msgid "Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:83
+msgid ""
+"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
+"<gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:88
+msgid "Automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:89
+msgid ""
+"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+"for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
+msgid "Steven Richards"
+msgstr "Steven Richards"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
+"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "
+"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
+"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
+"with each distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+"you can still be susceptible to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+"through deception)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent "
+"(viruses)</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network "
+"access</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+"not know."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
+"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level "
+"permissions</link> to any application, especially ones that you have not "
+"used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with "
+"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
+"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer "
+"from intrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">firewall ports</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security.page:24
+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-slow.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+"could be a busy time of day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-slow.page:23
+msgid "The internet seems slow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+"things that could be causing the slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:34
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
+"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
+"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
+"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
+"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
+"evenings, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:45
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:52
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:59
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:66
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
+"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
+"like GPRS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:74
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
+"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
+"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:27
+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:31
+msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
+msgid ""
+"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
+"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
+"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
+"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
+"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
+"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
+"without logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:43
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
+"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
+"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
+"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
+"different instructions to get that working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:57
+msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:68
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "
+"a new connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:72
+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:75
+msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are "
+"finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:82
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished setting-up the VPN, open the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</gui> from the right side "
+"of the top bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You "
+"may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. "
+"Once the connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:90
+msgid ""
+"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. Select the "
+"VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review "
+"the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:97
+msgid ""
+"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click "
+"<gui>Turn Off</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
+msgid "What is an IP address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
+msgid ""
+"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+msgstr ""
+"\"IP-adresse\" står for <em>internetprotokol-adresse</em>, og hver enhed som "
+"er forbundet til et netværk (såsom internettet) har en."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
+msgid ""
+"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
+msgid ""
+"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
+"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
+"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the "
+"administration of a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+"network cable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+"network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top "
+"bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots "
+"disappear when you are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
+"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
+"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
+"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:46
+msgid ""
+"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+"manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired.page:22
+msgid "Wired Networking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+"its network connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:32
+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
+"network or over the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge din computer som et trådløst hotspot. Så kan andre enheder "
+"forbinde til dig uden et separat netværk, og du kan dele en "
+"internetforbindelse, du har lavet, med en anden grænseflade, såsom med en "
+"kabelforbindelse eller over det mobile netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "
+"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "
+"the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:61 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48
+msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
+msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot...</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
+"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:69
+msgid ""
+"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28
+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32
+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
+"power, for example). To do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your "
+"wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless "
+"connections, including WiFi, 3G and Bluetooth connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:24
+msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+"files on the network, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "
+"menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45
+msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48
+msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the "
+"network, you may be out of range, or the network <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If the network is protected by a password (<link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when "
+"prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+"wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may "
+"have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+"to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:68
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+"curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "
+"connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and "
+"might not be very reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:76
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "
+"again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "
+"There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You "
+"could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too "
+"weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. "
+"See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:83
+msgid ""
+"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
+"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
+"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
+"speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
+"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+msgid ""
+"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
+"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
+"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
+msgid ""
+"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
+"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
+"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
+"was disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
+"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
+"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
+msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
+"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
+msgid ""
+"The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect "
+"to a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
+msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+"network on the list of available networks from the system menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The network could be hidden. You need to <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a "
+"hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+"networks won't show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:50
+msgid "Click the <gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
+"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:57
+msgid ""
+"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
+"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:61
+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:64
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "
+"see what the network name is. If you don't have the network name (SSID), you "
+"can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point's "
+"MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and "
+"can usually be found on the underside of the access point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "
+"Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
+"detectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
+msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't "
+"successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
+msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or "
+"lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the "
+"letters wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
+"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
+"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
+"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
+"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
+"connection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
+msgid "Check that you're using the correct type of wireless security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+msgid ""
+"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
+"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
+"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
+"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
+"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+"you may need to find a better one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
+"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
+"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
+"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
+"distribution (for example, <link "
+"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\";>Ubuntu</link>, "
+"<link "
+"href=\"https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Wireless_network_configuration\";>Arch</link>, "
+"<link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or "
+"<link "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) and "
+"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
+"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are "
+"<em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot "
+"distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct "
+"driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or "
+"\"binary-only\" version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the "
+"case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they "
+"have any Linux drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+"any wireless drivers for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
+"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
+"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
+"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
+"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
+"about how to use NDISwrapper <link "
+"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\";>here</link>. "
+"Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
+"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+"recognized properly by the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# XXX skal noget af dette oversættes?
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*-network\n"
+" description: Wireless interface\n"
+" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+" vendor: Intel Corporation"
+msgstr ""
+"*-network\n"
+" description: Wireless interface\n"
+" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+" vendor: Intel Corporation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+"step</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
+"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
+"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+"recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
+"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
+"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
+"entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
+"Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
+msgid ""
+"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
+msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+"recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
+"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an "
+"example of what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
+"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
+msgid ""
+"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
+msgid ""
+"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
+msgid ""
+"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
+msgid ""
+"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you "
+"can close the Terminal if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
+msgid ""
+"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
+"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
+msgid ""
+"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
+"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
+"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
+"following items, if you still have them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+"user guide for your router)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+"contains Windows drivers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+"router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of "
+"the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+"carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
+"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+"few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
+"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+"the proper slot on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Click the system status area on the top bar and select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
+"then select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> is "
+"set to <gui>ON</gui>. You should also check that <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode</link> is <em>not</em> switched "
+"on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
+msgid ""
+"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "
+"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "
+"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is "
+"<code>connected</code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected "
+"to your wireless router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:70
+msgid ""
+"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
+"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
+"contact your ISP for support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:76
+msgid ""
+"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "
+"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+msgid ""
+"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+"reason, try following the instructions here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+msgid ""
+"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+"to the internet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+msgid "Performing an initial check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
+msgid "Checking your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+"through each step in the guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
+msgid "Using the command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the <app>Terminal</app> "
+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
+"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
+msgid ""
+"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
+"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
+"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
+"the second version of the WPA standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
+"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
+"wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless.page:14
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless.page:32
+msgid "Wireless Networking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection "
+"problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net.page:45
+msgid "Networking, web & email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15 C/power-autosuspend.page:16
+#: C/power-status.page:16 C/power-wireless.page:15
+msgid "2016"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20
+msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23
+msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to "
+"automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is "
+"always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
+"reduce battery consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check "
+#| "<gui>Collate</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that <gui>Automatic "
+"brightness</gui> is set to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"I fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui>, under <gui>Kopier</gui>, tilvælg "
+"<gui>Sætvis</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46
+msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:21
+msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:24
+msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. "
+"Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:39
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Suspend & Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic "
+"suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch "
+"to <gui>ON</gui>, and select a <gui>Delay</gui>. Both options can be "
+"configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:48
+msgid ""
+"On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12
+msgid ""
+"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+"an estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34
+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+"intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music "
+"files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to "
+"predict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52
+msgid ""
+"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+"will never be completely accurate, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+"make a sensible estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+"data it needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:38
+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:47
+msgid "General tips"
+msgstr "Generelle tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:51
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+"can be woken up very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:56
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
+"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
+"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
+"case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power "
+"settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you "
+"can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</link> after "
+"a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen "
+"brightness</link>, and have the computer <link "
+"xref=\"power-autosuspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used "
+"it for a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+"using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:79
+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. "
+"Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+"consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+"can use to reduce the brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
+msgid ""
+"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+"wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+"which takes quite a bit of power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+"turn it on again when you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:102
+msgid "More advanced tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+"more power when they have more work to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:108
+msgid ""
+"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+"internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
+msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
+msgid ""
+"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
+"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
+"discharged is worse for the battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
+msgid ""
+"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+"treatment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
+"battery should last longer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+"cause of this problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
+"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
+"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
+"them in Linux is difficult."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
+"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
+"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
+"different estimates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-closelid.page:29
+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:33
+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:35
+msgid ""
+"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link "
+"xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This "
+"means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to "
+"sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try "
+"clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the "
+"power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
+"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
+"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:50
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:53
+msgid ""
+"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "
+"Contact your distribution for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You need to have the <app>Tweak Tool</app> installed on your computer to "
+"change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: if/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:61
+msgid ""
+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweak-tool\">Install "
+"<app>Tweak Tool</app></link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweak-tool\">Installér "
+"<app>Tilpasningsværktøj</app></link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+"change the setting for that behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+"confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Tweak Tool</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilpasningsværktøj</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:81
+msgid "Click <gui>Tweak Tool</gui> to open the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:84
+msgid "Click the <gui>Power</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:87
+msgid "Switch <gui>Don't suspend on lid close</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:90
+msgid "Close the <gui>Tweak Tool</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
+msgid ""
+"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+"hot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
+"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
+"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
+"the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
+"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
+"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
+"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
+"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
+"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
+"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
+"laptop which may help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
+msgid ""
+"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+"can be damaging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
+msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
+"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
+"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
+"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
+"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
+"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
+"cooling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
+"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a "
+"better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a "
+"cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat "
+"and circulate cool air fast enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
+"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
+"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
+"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
+"probably need to get it repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
+msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+"automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not "
+"completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just "
+"ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your "
+"applications and documents <em>are not</em> saved. To avoid losing your "
+"work, save it before the battery gets too low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+"and does not resume properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:35
+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
+"internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens "
+"when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
+"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the "
+"wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:56
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr "Vælg <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:59
+msgid "Switch the wireless <gui>OFF</gui> and then <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If the wireless still does not work, switch <gui>ON</gui> the <gui>Airplane "
+"Mode</gui> and then switch it <gui>OFF</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "
+"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+"travel adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
+"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
+"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
+"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+"everything off first if you can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-status.page:21
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-status.page:24
+msgid "Check the battery status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/power-status.page:28
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-status.page:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is "
+"displayed."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Battery</gui> section displays "
+"the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the "
+"percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and time "
+"remaining when running on battery power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try "
+"to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could "
+"be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
+"once)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+"may not work with your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
+msgid ""
+"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+"computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
+"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work "
+"properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly "
+"support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
+"driver</link> and not the device itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
+"works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you "
+"may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspend.page:9
+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:25
+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
+"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
+"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
+"pressing the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. "
+"It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work "
+"before relying on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:46
+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-whydim.page:30
+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-whydim.page:33
+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "
+"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "
+"again, the screen will brighten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:45
+msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Dim screen when inactive</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Power Saving</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
+"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
+"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
+"removable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory "
+"or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
+"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
+"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
+"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
+"for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
+msgid ""
+"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-wireless.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery "
+"use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-wireless.page:23
+msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile "
+"broadband when they are not in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
+"<gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused "
+"services to <gui>OFF</gui>. Re-enable when needed by switching to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/power.page:13
+msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:23
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
+"dimming</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power.page:31
+msgid "Power & battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgid "Power saving settings"
+msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Description"
+msgid "Questions"
+msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/power.page:49
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Power problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:51
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+msgid "Display & screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"session-formats\">region and formats</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
+"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/prefs.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs.page:14
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
+"accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs.page:24
+msgid "User & system settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38
+#: C/printing-select.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, "
+"two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "
+"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
+msgid ""
+"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+"be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal "
+"A4/Letter-size paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
+msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en duplexprinter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er instruktioner til at udskrive en brochure/pjece fra et PDF-dokument."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as "
+"PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of "
+"pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+msgid "To print a booklet:"
+msgstr "Sådan udskrives en brochure/pjece:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+msgid "Click the <gui>Properties...</gui> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that "
+"<gui>Landscape</gui> is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
+msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+"and a multiple of 4):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+msgid ""
+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+msgstr ""
+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
+msgid "Examples:"
+msgstr "Eksempler:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+msgstr "4-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+msgstr "8-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+msgid ""
+"20 page booklet: Type "
+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"20-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
+msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>All pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Udskriv en brochure/pjece fra en PDF ved brug af en enkeltsidet printer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en enkeltsidet printer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+msgid "To print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
+msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+msgstr "…indtil du har skrevet alle siderne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"12-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+msgid ""
+"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"16-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
+"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>Front sides / right pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
+msgid ""
+"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+"the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>Back sides / left pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+msgid ""
+"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+msgstr "Du kan udskrive en brochure/pjece fra en PDF."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+"pages needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+"below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
+"printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+msgid "Cancel a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
+"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:46 C/printing-name-location.page:74
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50 C/printing-setup.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Printere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:50 C/printing-name-location.page:78
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
+"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. "
+"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "
+"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "
+"off and then on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, "
+"though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+"probably just leave it where it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
+msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
+"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
+"on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "
+"the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui> for at udskrive dit dokument."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
+msgid ""
+"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "
+"different orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
+msgid "Portrait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
+msgid "Landscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
+msgid "Reverse portrait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
+msgid "Reverse landscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the "
+"correct paper size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
+msgid "Print envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is "
+"especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
+msgid ""
+"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to "
+"the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
+"\"Envelope\" if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the "
+"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The "
+"pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in "
+"standard sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
+"which way is the right way up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+"envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:22
+msgid "How can I check my printer's ink or toner levels?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:24
+msgid ""
+"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+"installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "
+"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
+"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net/#supported\";>list of supported "
+"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
+"printers is <app>mtink</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+"designed to report their ink levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:29
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
+"on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:40
+msgid "Change printer name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:53 C/printing-name-location.page:81
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61 C/printing-setup.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+"password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:61
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme dine ændringer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:68
+msgid "Change printer location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:70
+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:85
+msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:88
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme ændringerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-order.page:23
+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+msgstr "Saml sætvis og omvend rækkefølgen på udskriften."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:26
+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:29
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+"reverse this printing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:36
+msgid "To reverse the order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check "
+"<gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:50
+msgid "Collate"
+msgstr "Sætvis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "
+"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
+"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:59
+msgid "To collate:"
+msgstr "At samle sætvis:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:65
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check "
+"<gui>Collate</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg <gui>Sætvis</gui> i fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui> under "
+"<gui>Kopier</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+msgid ""
+"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
+msgid ""
+"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
+"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "
+"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+"print job again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/printing-select.page:42
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+"md5='527835df0ce2072c82ce7b16907efed5'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-select.page:19
+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-select.page:22
+msgid "Print only certain pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:24
+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the "
+"<gui>Range</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:40
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35
+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
+msgid "Set the default printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
+"on the system to set the default printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54 C/printing-setup.page:81
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
+msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
+msgid ""
+"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+"unless you choose a different printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup.page:37
+msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup.page:40
+msgid "Set up a local printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
+"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You do not need to select whether you want to install a network or local "
+"printer now. They are listed in one window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:58
+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+"asked to authenticate to install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:66
+msgid ""
+"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or "
+"<gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:88
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:91
+msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:96
+msgid ""
+"If your printer does not appear in the Add a New Printer window, you may "
+"need to install print drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:104
+msgid ""
+"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link "
+"xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
+msgid ""
+"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+"or clean the print head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be "
+"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+"the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
+msgid "Fading text or images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and "
+"buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
+msgid "Streaks and lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+"blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer's manual for "
+"instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
+msgid "Wrong colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "
+"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+"details on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
+"printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
+msgid "Print to file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
+"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
+"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
+"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
+"or to share it with someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
+msgid "To print to file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui "
+"style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
+"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
+msgid ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
+"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
+"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> er dokumentets standardfiltype. Hvis du vil bruge et andet "
+"<gui>outputformat</gui>, så vælg enten <sys>PostScript</sys> eller "
+"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"printing-order\">order and collate</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:37
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:39
+msgid "Set up a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:44
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:46
+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:52
+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:54
+msgid "Printer problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy.page:36
+msgid "Privacy Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
+"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
+"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:25
+msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that "
+"you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in "
+"applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, "
+"or only track your very recent history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:37
+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:39 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:65
+#: C/privacy-location.page:32 C/privacy-purge.page:49
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:53 C/session-screenlocks.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Privatliv</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:43 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:69
+#: C/privacy-location.page:36 C/privacy-purge.page:53
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:57 C/session-screenlocks.page:49
+msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:46 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:72
+msgid "Select <gui>Usage & History</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
+msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
+msgid ""
+"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:54 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Clear Recent History</gui> button to purge the history "
+"immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:59
+msgid ""
+"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
+"the web sites you visit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:63
+msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:75
+msgid "Ensure the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch is <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Select the length of time to <gui>Retain History</gui>. Choose from options "
+"<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Forever</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-location.page:18
+msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:21
+msgid "Control location services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "
+"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "
+"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "
+"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "
+"a great deal of precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:30
+msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:39
+msgid "Set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:40
+msgid ""
+"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
+msgid "Purge trash & temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
+"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
+"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
+"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the "
+"background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that "
+"was downloaded or computed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:47
+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:56
+msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash & Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Set one or both of the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or "
+"<gui>Automatically purge Temporary Files</gui> switches to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary "
+"Files</em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons "
+"to perform these actions immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:75
+msgid ""
+"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. "
+"See <link xref=\"files-delete#permanent\"/> for information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:36
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:38
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you should <link "
+"xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other "
+"people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes "
+"forget to lock your screen, you may wish to have your computerʼs screen lock "
+"automatically after a set period of time. This will help to secure your "
+"computer when you arenʼt using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:45
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
+"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
+"them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:60
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched <gui>ON</gui>, then "
+"select a length of time from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on "
+"your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any "
+"email without unlocking your screen. If youʼre concerned about other people "
+"seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:81
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
+"or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
+"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "
+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "
+"automatically raised as you type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
+"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
+"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
+msgid "Take a screenshot"
+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
+"Then choose any effects you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
+"to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Tastaturgenveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> for at tage et skærmbillede af skrivebordet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
+"skærmbillede af et vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+"an area you select."
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
+"skærmbillede af et område, du har markeret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
+msgid ""
+"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "
+"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "
+"taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "
+"in your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+msgid ""
+"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
+msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
+"to start recording what is on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
+msgid ""
+"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
+"recording is in progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Once you have finished, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
+"again to stop the recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
+msgid ""
+"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "
+"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "
+"includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
+"your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
+"of typing in your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+"fingerprint and use it to log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
+msgid "Record a fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
+"the system can use it to identify you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to edit user accounts other than your own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42
+#: C/user-autologin.page:32 C/user-changepassword.page:70
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:45 C/user-delete.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Brugere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
+"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
+"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "
+"<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "
+"a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
+msgid ""
+"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
+"will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
+"the fingerprint reader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-formats.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-formats.page:29
+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:43
+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/session-formats.page:48 C/session-language.page:61
+msgid "..."
+msgstr "..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
+"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click "
+"<gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all "
+"available regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:53 C/session-language.page:66
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:56 C/session-language.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "
+"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:63
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
+"calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-language.page:32
+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-language.page:36
+msgid "Change which language you use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:56
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Sprog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "
+"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
+"from all available regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
+"support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "
+"language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "
+"English."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:81
+msgid ""
+"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
+"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
+"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
+"update the folder names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33
+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
+"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
+"too quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41
+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
+msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
+"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files-share\">Share files by email</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing.page:25
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Deling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
+msgid "2014-2015"
+msgstr "2014-2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
+msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "
+"in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "
+"switched on</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "
+"folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:27
+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+msgid "Share your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen "
+"Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:53
+msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installér Vino</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60 C/sharing-displayname.page:32
+#: C/sharing-media.page:55 C/sharing-personal.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Deling</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:64 C/sharing-displayname.page:36
+#: C/sharing-media.page:59 C/sharing-personal.page:68
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67 C/sharing-media.page:62 C/sharing-personal.page:71
+msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70 C/sharing-media.page:65 C/sharing-personal.page:74
+msgid ""
+"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
+"<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "
+"displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 C/sharing-desktop.page:160
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78
+msgid ""
+"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83
+msgid ""
+"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Allow Remote "
+"Control</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+"security settings which you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90
+msgid ""
+"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> is "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:98 C/sharing-personal.page:94
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sikkerhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:100
+msgid ""
+"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+"option means before changing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105
+msgid "New connections must ask for access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:106
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+"desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "
+"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
+"to connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:111
+msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
+msgid "Require a Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:116
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+"enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "
+"can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:120 C/sharing-personal.page:104
+msgid ""
+"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+"secure password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:141 C/sharing-media.page:92
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:112
+msgid "Networks"
+msgstr "Netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:143
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your desktop can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:149
+msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:151
+msgid ""
+"You can disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop using the "
+"<gui>notification icon</gui> in the message Tray. To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:154
+msgid ""
+"Open the message tray by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, or by moving your mouse "
+"pointer to the very bottom of your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:157
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <gui>Desktop</gui> icon in the <gui>Message Tray</gui>. This "
+"will open the <app>Sharing</app> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "Skift <gui>Gentagne taster</gui> til <gui>TIL</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
+msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
+msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "
+"computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
+msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "
+"computer displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-media.page:22
+msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-media.page:25
+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
+"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
+"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
+"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media "
+"Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:48
+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installér Rygel</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:70
+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:73
+msgid "Switch <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:76
+msgid ""
+"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and "
+"<file>Videos</file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the "
+"<gui>X</gui> next to the folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:81
+msgid ""
+"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "
+"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "
+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "
+"media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:94
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your media can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:22
+msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:26
+msgid "Share your personal files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your "
+"<file>Home</file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure "
+"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of "
+"the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "
+"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:55
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install "
+"gnome-user-share</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installér "
+"gnome-user-share</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:79
+msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that "
+"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "
+"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:87
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
+"accessed from other computers on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:98
+msgid "Require Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when accessing your "
+"<file>Public</file> folder, switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view "
+"your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:114
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your personal files can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To add an application to the <link "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">dash</link> for easy access:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"ved at klikke på <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til venstre på skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
+"menu at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities "
+"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
+msgid ""
+"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
+"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "Start programmer fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
+msgid "Start applications"
+msgstr "Start programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+"of the screen to show the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. This is "
+"where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview "
+"by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can start applications from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top "
+"left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by "
+"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+"typing.) If you don't know the exact name of an application, try to type an "
+"related term. Click the application's icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
+"of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link "
+"xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
+"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
+"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the "
+"applications. Press on the application to start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a separate <link "
+"xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the "
+"dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of "
+"the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "
+"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "
+"the small gap between two workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+msgid "Quickly running a command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Another way of launching an application is to press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command "
+"name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+msgid ""
+"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type '<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>' "
+"(without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch "
+"the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-exit.page:25
+msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+"so on."
+msgstr "Lær at forlade din brugerkonto ved at logge ud, skifte bruger, osv."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:40
+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
+msgstr "Log ud, sluk eller skift bruger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+msgid "Log out or switch users"
+msgstr "Log ud eller skift bruger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:54
+msgid ""
+"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
+"when you log back in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:59
+msgid ""
+"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</link> on the right side of "
+"the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:69
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
+"than one user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:80
+msgid "Lock the screen"
+msgstr "Lås skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+"applications. When you return, raise the <link "
+"xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password "
+"to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically "
+"after a certain amount of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:89
+msgid ""
+"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
+"and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
+"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:103
+msgid "Suspend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:105
+msgid ""
+"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+"laptop, GNOME, by default, suspends your computer automatically when you "
+"close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers "
+"off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still "
+"used during suspend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:112
+msgid ""
+"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
+"of the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The power off button "
+"will change to suspend. Press the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:123
+msgid "Power off or restart"
+msgstr "Sluk eller genstart"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:125
+msgid ""
+"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+"the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off "
+"button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open offering you the "
+"options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:130
+msgid ""
+"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:135
+msgid ""
+"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less "
+"energy</link> than one which is suspended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:47
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+"md5='b102db16e8fb7c87cb4e718422359ba4'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:67
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+"md5='f21d5d62e41f6823325a144cf82ca1f6'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
+"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='32464c7ae813f2ebec1a38bbdfa97ce4'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:137
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
+"md5='94bda0c7e9ad37dc4658bf410d13f881'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:148
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "
+"md5='6e28997f340de69969bbd0ea6d4ec822'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:203
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='1a3d98db1a86cf98efe8de6ede17b758'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:208
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+"md5='f36e3a0a115ff2181a6fc787e6a83283'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:257
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='dcc0335a64450a3a7abed4448bfa84f2'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:292
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+"md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:30
+msgid ""
+"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"En visuel introduktion til dit skrivebord, toplinjen og "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:34
+msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+msgstr "Introduktion til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME 3 har fået en helt nytænkt brugergrænseflade designet til ikke at være "
+"i vejen for dig, minimere forstyrrelser og hjælpe dig med at få ting gjort. "
+"Første gang du logger ind, vil du se et tomt skrivebord og toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:43 C/shell-introduction.page:48
+msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+"like sound, networking, and power. In the status menu in the top bar, you "
+"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "
+"turn off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:63
+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
+msgstr "<gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:68 C/shell-introduction.page:73
+msgid "Activities button"
+msgstr "Aktiviteter-knappen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:78
+msgid ""
+"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
+"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
+"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the "
+"web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top "
+"left of the screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You "
+"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see "
+"your windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just "
+"start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+msgid "The dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+msgid ""
+"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
+"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
+"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
+"right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+msgid ""
+"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+msgid ""
+"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
+"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
+"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
+"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Læs mere om at starte programmer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:125
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Læs mere om vinduer og arbejdsområder.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:133
+msgid "Application menu"
+msgstr "Programmenu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:138 C/shell-introduction.page:149
+msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:140
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "
+"name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "
+"access to application preferences or help. The items that are available in "
+"the application menu vary depending on the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:151
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+"<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "
+"with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. "
+"The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:162
+msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"
+msgstr "Ur, kalender & aftaler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:167
+msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:177
+msgid ""
+"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
+"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "
+"can also open the calendar by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can access the date and "
+"time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from "
+"the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:186
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and "
+"appointments.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Læs mere om kalenderen og aftaler.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:190
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+"message tray.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Læs mere om påmindelser og "
+"meddelelsesbakken.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:199
+msgid "You and your computer"
+msgstr "Dig og din computer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:204 C/shell-introduction.page:209
+msgid "User menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:214
+msgid ""
+"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
+"and your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:241
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
+"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "
+"or power off the computer from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:248
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+"turning off your computer.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Læs mere om at skifte bruger, logge ud og slukke "
+"for din computer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:255 C/shell-introduction.page:258
+msgid "Lock Screen"
+msgstr "Lås skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:261
+msgid ""
+"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
+"your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows "
+"information about your battery and network status, and allows you to control "
+"media playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Læs mere om låseskærmen.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:277 C/shell-introduction.page:293
+msgid "Window List"
+msgstr "Vinduesliste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
+msgid ""
+"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
+"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
+"on the task at hand without distractions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:286
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching "
+"windows.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Læs mere om at skifte vinduer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:303
+msgid ""
+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+"blue icon shows the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37
+msgid ""
+"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
+"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43
+msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> eller <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53
+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
+"windows</link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65
+msgid ""
+"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is "
+"<key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+"applications list, search field, and message tray. Use the arrow keys to "
+"navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82
+msgid "Show the list of applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> og "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:87
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> og "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+"different workspace</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Power Off</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Sluk</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lås skærmen.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+msgid ""
+"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">the message tray</link>. "
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> "
+"to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136
+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147
+msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:152
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a "
+"window.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+"select an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+"recording.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:17
+msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21
+msgid "The Lock Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:23
+msgid ""
+"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
+"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:30
+msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+msgstr "navnet på brugeren, som er logget ind"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+msgstr "dato og klokkeslæt, samt bestemte påmindelser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:32
+msgid "battery and network status"
+msgstr "batteri- og netværksstatus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:33
+msgid ""
+"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
+"pause your music without having to enter a password"
+msgstr ""
+"muligheden for at styre medieafspilning - ændre lydstyrken, springe over et "
+"spor eller sætte din musik på pause uden at skulle indtaste en adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
+"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
+"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be "
+"automatically raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer "
+"is configured for more than one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "
+"events happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:34
+msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:37
+msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+"notification will be shown at the top of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:42
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a "
+"notification informing you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:62
+msgid "The message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+"is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "
+"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
+"or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+msgid ""
+"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the "
+"bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also "
+"show the message tray by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand "
+"side of the window list. The message tray contains all the notifications "
+"that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+msgid ""
+"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
+"sent you the chat messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can close the message tray by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:91
+msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+msgid ""
+"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
+"switch off notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Notifications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Påmindelser</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:102
+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Banners</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr "Skift <gui>Gentagne taster</gui> til <gui>TIL</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:109
+msgid ""
+"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the "
+"screen. Notifications will still be available in the message tray when you "
+"display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping "
+"up again when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:117
+msgid ""
+"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications "
+"from the <gui>Notifications</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:120
+msgid ""
+"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+"the message tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the "
+"bottom-right corner of the screen, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key> "
+"<key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch "
+"the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:8
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Desktop"
+msgstr "Skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-overview.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and workspaces</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+msgid "Your desktop"
+msgstr "Dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Customise your desktop"
+msgid "Customize your desktop"
+msgstr "Tilpas dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:42
+msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgstr "Programmer og vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23
+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+msgid "Find a lost window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28
+msgid ""
+"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+"easily found using the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "
+"current <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be "
+"shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, "
+"or"
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Hvis det manglende vindue er på det "
+"nuværende <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">arbejdsområde</link>, bliver "
+"det vist her som miniature. Klik blot på miniaturen for at vise vinduet "
+"igen, eller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
+"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
+"window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
+"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display "
+"the <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</link>. Continue "
+"to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</key> to cycle "
+"through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> "
+"</keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
+"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
+"for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
+"titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
+"used to maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
+msgid "Move and resize windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
+"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. "
+"Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of "
+"the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+"screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
+"the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys "
+"to move or resize, then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press "
+"<key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr "Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
+msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "
+"interface in the <em>window switcher</em>. This makes switching between "
+"tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+"applications are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
+msgid "From a workspace:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up "
+"the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
+"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> "
+"Super</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open "
+"windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle "
+"backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
+"windows and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
+"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73
+msgid ""
+"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+"by vertical separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77
+msgid ""
+"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+"<key>↓</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:84
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. "
+"If you have multiple <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you "
+"can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+msgid "Tile windows"
+msgstr "Fliselæg vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "
+"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows.page:18
+msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+msgstr "Vinduer og arbejdsområder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
+"applications. Using both the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and the "
+"<em>dash</em>, you can launch new applications and control active windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
+"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:60
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:62
+msgid "Working with windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:67
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:69
+msgid "Working with workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
+"workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26
+msgid "Using the mouse:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities "
+"Overview</gui> from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top "
+"left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"fra menuen <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui> "
+"øverst til venstre på skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
+msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+"window you have dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:50
+msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em "
+"xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
+"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
+"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
+"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:20
+msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23
+msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:30
+msgid ""
+"At the top left of the screen, click the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu and choose "
+"<gui>Activities Overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
+"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
+"that workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40
+msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
+"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
+"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page "
+"Up</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current "
+"workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
+"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+"md5='5a7e511449e645bf69111c82868f4db8'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:20
+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+msgid "Workspace selector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
+"manager could be on a third workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+msgid "Using workspaces:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
+"side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58
+msgid ""
+"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
+"workspace. This is the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61
+msgid ""
+"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the "
+"workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+msgid ""
+"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+"the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71
+msgid ""
+"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+"workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:76
+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-alert.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+"alert sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:42 C/sound-nosound.page:86 C/sound-usemic.page:55
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:60 C/sound-volume.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Lyd</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:46 C/sound-nosound.page:90 C/sound-usemic.page:59
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64 C/sound-volume.page:61
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Use the volume slider in the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+"of the alert sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, "
+"or other sound files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:58
+msgid ""
+"To disable alert sounds entirely, switch the <gui>Alert volume</gui> to "
+"<gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-broken.page:24
+msgid "Sound problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-broken.page:31
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+"with the drivers for the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
+msgid ""
+"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
+"need to replace the cable or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
+msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have "
+"very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching "
+"for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search "
+"term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+"sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and "
+"that the sound card is detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+"play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:29
+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</gui> and "
+"make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">systemmenuen</gui> og sørg for "
+"at lyden ikke er slået fra eller skruet ned."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing "
+"that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "
+"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "
+"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
+"that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> "
+"GUI:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:46
+msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Lyd</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not "
+"muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:60
+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on your computer. This "
+"socket is usually light green in color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the "
+"speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The "
+"output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try "
+"connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:72
+msgid ""
+"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:77
+msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+"have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some "
+"trial-and-error to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:93
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the "
+"selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go "
+"through the list and try each profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:97
+msgid ""
+"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+"devices that are listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:108
+msgid ""
+"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the "
+"drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers "
+"for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card "
+"you have:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:116
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:119
+msgid ""
+"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
+"either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type "
+"<cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type "
+"<cmd>lspci</cmd>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:125
+msgid ""
+"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in "
+"such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, "
+"<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:131
+msgid ""
+"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "
+"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+"instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:135
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+"computer and external USB sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:29
+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:33
+msgid "Use a different microphone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
+"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
+"quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "
+"or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the "
+"appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions "
+"below for selecting a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+"which microphone to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:53 C/sound-usespeakers.page:58
+msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:62
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
+"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34
+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+"plug or a USB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in "
+"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones "
+"plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the "
+"instructions below for selecting the default device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67
+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
+"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:28
+msgid "Change the sound volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To change the sound volume, open the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#yourname\">system menu</gui> from the right side "
+"of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+"turn off sound by dragging the slider to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
+"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the "
+"speakers' volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for "
+"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "
+"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "
+"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+"application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the "
+"application listed there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is "
+"playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets "
+"you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its "
+"volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:29
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+"md5='ec52429596ce2045c08b989c18f1a579'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:35
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
+"md5='a297d2b5fa52907add3f075cd4753e08'"
+msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/status-icons.page:13
+msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/status-icons.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:23
+msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:24
+msgid ""
+"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
+"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:30 C/status-icons.page:36
+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:44
+msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for tilgængelighedsmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:49
+msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:57
+msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:62
+msgid "The volume is set to high."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:66
+msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:70
+msgid "The volume is set to low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:74
+msgid "The volume is muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:81
+msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:86
+msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:90
+msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:96
+msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:98
+msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Mobilforbindelse</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:103
+msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:107
+msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:111
+msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:115
+msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:119
+msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:123
+msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et mobilnetværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:127
+msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+msgstr "Opretter en mobilnetværksforbindelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:131 C/status-icons.page:233
+msgid "Very high signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:135 C/status-icons.page:237
+msgid "High signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:139 C/status-icons.page:241
+msgid "Medium signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:143 C/status-icons.page:245
+msgid "Low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:147
+msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:153
+msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:157
+msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:161
+msgid "The network is inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:165
+msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:169
+msgid "The network is offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:173
+msgid "The network is receiving data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:177
+msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:181
+msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:187
+msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:191 C/status-icons.page:204
+msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:195
+msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:200
+msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:208
+msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:212
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:217
+msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:221
+msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:225
+msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:229
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:249
+msgid "Very low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:256
+msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:261
+msgid "The battery is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:265
+msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:269
+msgid "The battery is low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:273
+msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:277
+msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:281
+msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:285
+msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:289
+msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:293
+msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:297
+msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:301
+msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:305
+msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+msgid "Enter special characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+"different ways you can enter special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38
+msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42
+msgid "Character map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43
+msgid ""
+"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+"For more information on the character map, see the <link "
+"href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
+msgid "Characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Another useful application shipped with GNOME is <app>Characters</app>. It "
+"lets you find and insert unusual characters by browsing character categories "
+"or searching for keywords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+msgid ""
+"You can launch Characters from the Activities overview. For more information "
+"on Characters, see the <link href=\"help:gnome-characters\"> Characters "
+"Manual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66
+msgid "Compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
+msgid ""
+"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
+"<key>e</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+msgid "Define a compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:85
+msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
+"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
+"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
+"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
+"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
+"for its original purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94
+msgid ""
+"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:107
+msgid ""
+"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
+"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\";>the "
+"compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:113
+msgid "Code points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115
+msgid ""
+"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a "
+"four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
+"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
+"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
+"after <gui>U+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:122
+msgid ""
+"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>U</key> followed by the four-character code "
+"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
+"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
+"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
+"them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:132
+msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:133
+msgid ""
+"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
+"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:140
+msgid "Input methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:142
+msgid ""
+"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "
+"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
+"characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:147
+msgid ""
+"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
+"to see how to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips.page:12
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips.page:16
+msgid "Tips & tricks"
+msgstr "Tips & tricks"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/translate.page:7
+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/translate.page:27
+msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:29
+msgid ""
+"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+"are welcome to participate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:33
+msgid ""
+"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many "
+"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To start translating, you will need to <link "
+"href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/register/\";>create an account</link> and join "
+"the <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for "
+"your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the "
+"<link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC server</link>. People on the channel are "
+"located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "
+"timezone differences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing "
+"list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:20
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-accounts.page:21
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:28
+msgid "User accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-accounts.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "
+"account if you know their password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Accounts"
+msgstr "Konti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:40
+msgid "Manage user accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:44
+msgid "Passwords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:49
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:51
+msgid "User privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-add.page:33
+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-add.page:36
+msgid "Add a new user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+"folder, documents, and settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-delete.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
+"your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
+"on the left, to add a new user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you want the new user to have <link "
+"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, "
+"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
+"drivers, and change the date and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
+"change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
+"themselves on their first login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86
+msgid "generate password"
+msgstr "generér adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:76
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random "
+"password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:83
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:87
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
+"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current "
+"password status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-add.page:92
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user's "
+"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
+"in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you "
+"can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
+"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "
+"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to change account types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:36
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:74 C/user-changepicture.page:49
+#: C/user-delete.page:57
+msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
+"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
+msgid "The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
+"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
+"first installed the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
+msgid ""
+"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+"on one system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
+msgid ""
+"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+"important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can cause "
+"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
+"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
+"also protected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "
+"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
+"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "
+"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "
+"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "
+"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "
+"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
+"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
+"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
+"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "
+"\"root\" account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not "
+"use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might "
+"accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed "
+"system file, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+msgid ""
+"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
+"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66
+msgid ""
+"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super "
+"user</em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal "
+"users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and "
+"<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super "
+"user\" (administrative) privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74
+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
+"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
+"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
+"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
+"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "
+"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
+"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
+"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
+"applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is "
+"useful from a security standpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link "
+"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks "
+"require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
+msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
+msgstr "forbinde til netværk eller trådløse netværk,"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
+msgid ""
+"viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows "
+"partition), or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
+msgid "installing new applications."
+msgstr "installere nye programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
+"privileges</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-autologin.page:22
+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-autologin.page:25
+msgid "Log in automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:27
+msgid ""
+"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
+"account when you start up your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:43
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:46
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:50
+msgid ""
+"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
+"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
+"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
+"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
+"including your files and browser history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
+"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
+msgid "Change your password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+"you think someone else knows your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
+"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
+"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
+"automatically generate a random password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
+"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
+"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
+msgid ""
+"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
+"change it for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:33
+msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:35
+msgid ""
+"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your "
+"password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+"yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+"<gui>Browse for more pictures…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+"<gui>Take a photo…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+"outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the "
+"picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to "
+"try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-delete.page:39
+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-delete.page:42
+msgid "Delete a user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your "
+"computer</link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+"delete that user's account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to delete user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">-</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to "
+"delete that user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete "
+"Files</gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to "
+"free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be "
+"recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external storage device "
+"before deleting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+msgid "Choose a secure password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+"others (including computer programs) to guess."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+"personal information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
+msgid ""
+"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
+"choosing a good password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
+"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
+msgid ""
+"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
+"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+"\"password\" – people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+"any family member's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
+msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+"watching you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
+msgid ""
+"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "
+"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "
+"your email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+"region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:27
+msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+msgstr "Hvor vil DVD'er ikke afspille?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+"different <em>region</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:34
+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+msgstr "Installere de korrekte codecs til afspilning af DVD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:36
+msgid ""
+"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
+"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
+"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
+"distribution's support forums."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:43
+msgid ""
+"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software "
+"is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally "
+"used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle "
+"copy protection from <link "
+"href=\"http://fluendo.com/shop/product/oneplay-dvd-player/\";>Fluendo</link>. "
+"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:55
+msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+msgstr "Tjekke DVD-regionen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:57
+msgid ""
+"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+"player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you "
+"won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD "
+"player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:63
+msgid ""
+"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
+"href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can find <link "
+"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code\";>more information "
+"about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan finde <link "
+"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code\";>mere information om "
+"regionskodning af DVD'er på Wikipedia</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-sending.page:20
+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-sending.page:23
+msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
+"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
+"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:41
+msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "
+"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "
+"the video also has audio)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
+"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
+"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
+"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
+"it's not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
+"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media player</link>. It works on "
+"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video "
+"formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. "
+"Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter "
+"applications are available. Check the software installer application to see "
+"what's available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:67
+msgid ""
+"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
+"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
+"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:22
+msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
+msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+"orientation to left-handed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:33 C/wacom-mode.page:31
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40 C/wacom-stylus.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:37 C/wacom-mode.page:35
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:44 C/wacom-stylus.page:39
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46 C/wacom-stylus.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
+"connect a wireless tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:43
+msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:22
+msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
+msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
+msgid ""
+"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+"to the same point on the tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+"the way a mouse operates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27
+msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
+msgid "Choose a monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
+msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:51
+msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+"your graphics tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
+msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> to match "
+"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This "
+"setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, <em>letterboxes</em> the "
+"drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For "
+"example, a 4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would "
+"correspond to a widescreen display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:65
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Luk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:22
+msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:25
+msgid "Configure the stylus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+"These settings can be adjusted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:49
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:52
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
+"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or "
+"Forward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:57
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+"the pager to choose which stylus to configure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom.page:7
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"wacom-stylus\">configure the stylus</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use the tablet left handed</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom.page:29
+msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+msgstr ""
+
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
